ASSA ABLOY - E.D. Locks & Security | Commercial ... · backplate reed switch chain open / close...

16
6 2 3 1 4 8 7 9 12 10 5 11 Tools required: • 1/8” allen wrench (included) • Power drill and set of drill bits • Flat blade screwdriver (potentiometer & terminal size) • Center punch • Screwdriver (Phillips size 2) • Wire stripper • Tape ruler • #7 drill 1/4-20 tap (metal frame install) servicing or cleaning. To reduce the risk of injury or person, use the operator only with Pedestrian Swing doors. This operator is for indoor use only. Always disconnect the main power to the operator prior to circuit from the main circuit breaker panel and must NOT be connected into any building lighting system that operates flourescent lights. Maximum door size: 48 in (1219mm) wide x 250 lb (113.4kg). 120VAC power supplied to the operator must be a dedicated WARNINGS ! ® 5700 LEO Power Operator Installation and Instruction Manual Series ASSA ABLOY 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3) Item No. Description 1 Back plate 2 Door Closer (1601LAP or 1601BFLAP) 3 Motor Assembly (5700M) 4 Inverter (5700IN) 5 Cover (5700CVR) 6 On/Off switch 7 Circuit Breaker 8 120VAC Electrical Connections 9 Activation Inputs 10 Door Open/Closed Position Magnets 11 Optional RF Receiver 12 Power Supply - 1.1A 24V Norton® is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. Copyright © 2015 Yale Security Inc., an ASSA ABLOY Group company. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc. is prohibited. 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Transcript of ASSA ABLOY - E.D. Locks & Security | Commercial ... · backplate reed switch chain open / close...

Page 1: ASSA ABLOY - E.D. Locks & Security | Commercial ... · backplate reed switch chain open / close positioning magnets “t1” power input terminal (3-position) accessory terminal (4-position)

62

3 1 4

8 7 9 1210

511

Tools required

bull 18rdquo allen wrench (included) bull Power drill and set of drill bitsbull Flat blade screwdriver (potentiometer amp terminal size) bull Center punchbull Screwdriver (Phillips size 2) bull Wire stripperbull Tape ruler bull 7 drill 14-20 tap (metal frame install)

bull servicing or cleaning

bull To reduce the risk of injury or person use the operator only with Pedestrian Swing doors

bull This operator is for indoor use only

Always disconnect the main power to the operator prior to bull circuit from the main circuit breaker panel and must NOT be connected into any building lighting system that operates flourescent lights

bull Maximum door size 48 in (1219mm) wide x 250 lb (1134kg)

120VAC power supplied to the operator must be a dedicated

WARNINGS

reg5700 LEO Power Operator

Installation and Instruction Manual

Series

ASSA ABLOY80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Item No Description

1 Back plate

2 Door Closer (1601LAP or 1601BFLAP)

3 Motor Assembly (5700M)

4 Inverter (5700IN)

5 Cover (5700CVR)

6 OnOff switch

7 Circuit Breaker

8 120VAC Electrical Connections

9 Activation Inputs

10 Door OpenClosed Position Magnets

11 Optional RF Receiver12 Power Supply - 11A 24V

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Page 2

Hollow Metal Door Frame Reinforcing

FrameMaterial

12 Ga1046 (266)

14 Ga0747 (190)

16 Ga0598 (152)

18 Ga0478 (121)

12 Ga1046 (266)

10 Ga1343 (341)

10 Ga1343 (341)

8 Ga1644 (418)

18 Ga0478 (121)

12 Ga1046 (266)

12 Ga1046 (266)

10 Ga1343 (341)

Reinforcing

Recommended Min Required

Contents

General Informationbull

the 120VAC (60Hz) power input to the LEO door operator be supplied through normally closed alarm contacts of the alarm system alarm panel

bull Power input to LEO door operator must be 120VAC (60Hz) to terminals HOT and COM at terminal strip T1 Earth ground (GND) to green screw on backplate

bull All wiring must conform to standard wiring practice in accordance with national and local wiring codes

bull Note Unless otherwise noted all dimensions are given in inches (millimeters)

bull Minimum suggested and required material thickness for hollow metal frames (skin plus reinforcement) is charted on below

bull Unit is Non-Handed

bull Door must be hung on butt hinges [5rdquo (127mm) max width] or 34rdquo (19mm) offset pivots A separate door and frame preparation template will be supplied for other conditions

bull Door must swing freely through the entire opening and closing cycle before beginning the installation

bull Use of an auxiliary door stop (by others) is always recommended

bull An incorrectly installed or improperly adjusted door operator can cause property damage or personal injury These instructions should be followed to avoid the possibility of misapplication or misadjustment

UL labeled fire or smoke barrier door assemblies require that WARNING Make sure 120VAC (60Hz) input power is turned off at facilityrsquos main circuit breaker before proceeding with installation

General Templating Informationbull Before beginning the installation verify that the door frame is

properly reinforced and is well anchored in the wall

bull Unreinforced hollow metal frames and aluminum frames should be prepared and fitted with 14-20 blind rivet nuts furnished by others

bull Concealed electrical conduit and concealed switch or sensor wires should be pulled to the frame before proceeding

Fasteners for Framebull 14-20 machine screws for hollow metal and aluminumbull No 14 x 2-34rdquo (70mm) long sheet metal screws for wood

Fasteners for Doorbull 14-20 machine screwsbull 38rdquo diameter x 1-58rdquo (41mm) long sex nut

Electrical Informationbull Maximum current draw of unit is 06 amps

bull Breaker Switch protects the motor assembly and inverter and has a 3 amp rating

bull Maximum wire size is12AWG at terminals HOT and COM (120VAC 60Hz) on ldquoT1rdquo Power Input Terminal14AWG at terminals 1 thru 4 on Accessory Terminal 18AWG at terminals 22 thru 25 on ldquoT1rdquo Power Input Terminal

Frame Reinforcement Table

General 2Frame Reinforcement Table Technical Data 2Component Layout 3ADA ANSI UL 3Hinge (Pull) Side Mounting 4Stop (Push) Side Mounting 6 Adjust Power and Opening Closing Cycle 5 7Input Power Configuration 8

Final Setup 8Inverter Details 9Accessory Typical Installations 10Troubleshooting 10RF Receiver Userrsquos Guide 12Hinge (Pull) Side Template 14Stop (Push) Side Template 15

Technical Data

120VAC 60Hz

6 amps

24 V DC max 11 Amp

28 - 48 (71-122 cm)

100-250 lb (45-113 kg)

Input power

Power consumption

Power supply

Door width

Door weight

Door opening angle

Hold open time 5 - 30 seconds (ADA 5 seconds min)

3 ampsCircuit breaker

up to 110deg Pull side up to 170 Push sideManually to 180deg PushPull side

deg

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

BACKPLATE

REED SWITCH

CHAINOPEN CLOSE POSITIONING MAGNETS

ldquoT1rdquo POWER INPUTTERMINAL (3-POSITION)

ACCESSORYTERMINAL(4-POSITION)

PINION EXTENSION CLUTCH ASSEMBLY

INVERTER

MOTOR ASSEMBLY

POWER SWITCH

BREAKER SWITCH

1600 SERIES CLOSER BODY

CONNECTING LINKBUSHING ASSEMBLY

SHOE

SHOE ADJUSTING ROD ASSEMBLY

FOREARMSCREW

MAIN ARM

ADJUSTINGTUBE

MAIN ARM SLIDEUNIT ASSEMBLY

Included with 5710 and 5740 Included with 5730 and 5740

Component Layout

ADA ANSI UL InformationAmericans With Disabilities Act (ADA)These door operators can be installed and adjusted to conform with ADA regulations

ANSI StandardsANSI A1171 ndash These door operators permit door assemblies to conform to the requirements of this specification for buildings and facilities ndash providing accessibility and usability for physically handicapped people

bull ANSI A15619 ndash These products are designed to conform to this specification for power assist and low energy power operated doors

ndash PAS Function is designed to meet or exceed all of the requirements for the Power Assist Door

ndash POR Function is designed to meet or exceed all of the requirements for the Low Energy Power Operated Door

UL Listing Underwriters Laboratories Inc listed for use on

fire and smoke barrier door assemblies when the 120VAC (60Hz) power input is supplied through the normally closed alarm contacts of a compatible UL Listed alarm system or alarm panel

ASSA ABLOY

SLIDE TRACKASSEMBLY

SLIDER

BUFFER STOP

964rdquo HEXDRIVE SOCKET

SCREW

SLIDE ARMTUBE

SLIDE ARMROD

Page 3 Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Note Door must be visible by person operating activation switch(es)

Door OpeningAngle

Dim ldquoArdquo

Up to 110deg

111deg to 180deg

15-12 (394)

13-14 (337)

Notesbull All dimensions are given in inches (mm)bull Thickness recommended for reinforcements in hollow

metal doors and frames is charted on Page 2bull Do not scale drawingbull Right hand door shownbull This template information based upon use of 5

(127mm) maximum width butt hinges A separate template is required for other conditions

bull Maximum frame reveal is 6-78rdquo (175mm) for this application

bull Conduit hole nearest the hinge is suggested for 120 VAC power input

2rdquo (51mm) Min

Frame Face

1-18rdquo(29)

1-14(32)

1-716(37)

11(279)

22(559)

7-916(192)

13-716(341)

1-18(29)

CL Hinge

14-20 Machine Screwsor No 14 Wood Screws

(6 Places)78 (23) Dia(2 Places)

38 DiaSex Nuts(3 Places)

FrameRabbet

FrameStopSoffit

3(76)

13-1316(350)

12(13)

A

11-1116(297)

6rdquo (152mm)

MinClearance

14-316(360)

12-1516(329)

13-1316(351)

Right Hand Dooropening to 110deg shown

58(159)

Stop

1 Hinge (Pull) Side Mounting Instructions

Step 1 Determine hand of door from illustration on upper right of this page

Step 2 Using template above locate and prepare holes in the frame amp door

FrameA Prepare six (6) holes for 14-20 machine screws or

No 14 x 2-34 (70mm) wood screws Blind rivet nuts (by others) are suggested for unreinforced hollow metal frames or for aluminum frames

B Concealed Wired Units Only Two (2) 78 (22mm) diameter holes for conduit for power input and for switchsensor wires

NOTE On new construction these holes will generally be drilled by the frame supplier at their shop or at the time the frame is installed in the wall

DoorC Prepare three (3) holes for 38 diameter sex nuts Standard units

are supplied with sex nuts and screws for 1-34 (44mm) thick door Sex nuts and screws for other door thicknesses are available to order

Step 3 Remove cover from the unit and set cover amp cover screws aside

Step 4 Mount unit to door frame Select A or B below

A Concealed Wired Units Only

B Surface Wired Units Only

(Continue to next page)

Connect conduit to frame side of backplate Fasten unit to door frame (seven screws)

Fasten unit to door frame (seven screws) Mount conduit bracket (found in screw pack) to unitrsquos backplate with two screws provided Connect wiring conduit to bracket

1A Installation Sequence

LeftHandDoor

RightHandDoor

2rdquo (51mm)Min Frame

FaceFrame Reveal

Do

or

6rdquo (152mm)Min CeilingClearance

1-34rdquo (44mm) Min2-14rdquo (57mm) Max

Door Thickness

Please verify desired mounting requires Hinge (Pull) Side

application as shown on this template

Page 4

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

1A Installation Sequence ContinuedStep 5 Mount track assembly to door using 3 14-20 screws amp sex nuts

with buffer assembly toward hinge Open part of track to face top of door

Step 6 Insert slide arm rod into slide arm tube setting the distance between the pinion square and the slide stud at 13-12rdquo (343) Install 964rdquo hex drive socket head screw from screw pack (See illustration below)

Step 7 Using an adjustable wrench rotate pinion 45deg toward hinge as shown below With the arm assembly parallel to the door secure arm to pinion when square of the pinion aligns with the square in the arm Secure with countersunk washer and 14-20 Flat Head Screw (with thread lock) provided Tighten screw with 716rdquo wrench or socket

Step 9to

increase door closing power Door control is shipped set at midpoint of power setting Maximum closing power can be achieved with 8 (360deg) clockwise turns of the power adjustment screw

Step 8 Insert arm stud into slide block in track assembly Secure by pushing in on the retainer clip that extends from the slide block in the track until it is flush with the slide block (see illustration below)

Adjust closing power of unit (See Fig 1) - Using a 18rdquo allen wrench turn the power adjustment shaft clockwise

Step 10 Adjust Hydraulic valves using a 18rdquo hex wrench to obtain proper door closing speeds See following illustrations Refer to Table 1 below for recommended minimum opening closing times per ANSIBHMA A15619

Note ADA requires that from an open position of 70deg the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3rdquo (75mm) from the latched position measured at the leading edge of the door

Closing Cycle ndash Make adjustments as necessary to the Sweep Speed S valve and Latch Speed L valve See Fig 2 below for location of valves Turn valves clockwise to reduce speed counter clockwise to increase speed

Opening Cycle ndash Adjust Backcheck B valve as necessary for hydraulic resistance to door opening in the backcheck range See illustration in Fig 2 for location of valve

NOTE Too much Backcheck B valve can affect the operation of the units pump preventing units from fully opening the door This valve may require fine tuning after all other adjustments have been made

2

1Attaching Arm Stud to Slide

Retainer Clip

18HexKey

SlowerClosing

FasterClosingClosing Cycle

Closed

10deg

egnaR hctaL

egnaR peewS

18HexKey

IncreaseCushion

DecreaseCushion

Sweep Valve

Latch Valve

BackcheckValve

Figure 2

Power Adjustment

18HexKey

IncreasePower

DecreasePower Figure 1

Opening Cycle

Backcheckgninep

O

13-12(343)

Note Center threaded hole of slider arm should align with seventh hole of the slider tube Stud in slider arm should point to same side as holes in slider tube (see illustration on Page 3)

RHDoor

LHDoor

RotatePinion

Pinion Flats

1A Installation Sequence ContinuedTable 1 - Minimum Opening Closing Times for ANSIBHMA A15619Door Weight in Pounds (kg)Door Leaf

Width -Inches (mm)

Matrix values are in seconds

Backcheck - adjust the backcheck valve to have a minimum opening time to backcheck or 80 degrees (whichever comes first) based on Table 1

Closing Time - adjust Latch and Sweep valves to have a minimum closing time from 90 degrees to Latch Check or 10 degrees (whichever comes first) based on Table 1

Page 5

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Door OpeningAngle

Dim ldquoArdquo Dim ldquoBrdquo

Up to 110deg

111deg to 170deg

12 (305)

9-12 (241) 13-14 (337)

15-34 (400)

Notesbull All dimensions are given in inches (mm)bull Thickness recommended for reinforcements in

hollow metal doors and frames is charted at the left of this page

bull Do not scale drawingbull Left hand door shownbull This template information based upon use of 5

(127mm) maximum width butt hinges or 34 (19mm) offset pivots A separate template will be supplied for other conditions

bull Maximum frame reveal is 7rdquo (178mm) for this application

bull Conduit hole nearest to hinge is suggested for 120 VAC power input

1-1116(43)

1-14(32)

1116(175)

1-34(44)

12-1516(329)

7-916(192)

13-716(341)

38(10)

CL Hinge or Pivot

14-20 Machine Screwsor No 14 Wood Screws

(6 Places)

78(22)

(Conduit Holes - 2 Places)

Dia

FrameRabbet

FrameStopSoffit

A

13-1316(351)

12(13)

B

5-14rdquoMin

Clearance

11-1116(297)

38(19)

14-316(360)

13-1316(351)

Left Hand Dooropen to 110deg shown

58(159)

Stop

Sex Nuts(2 Places)

2 Stop (Push) Side Mounting Instructions

2A Installation Sequence

LeftHandDoor

RightHandDoor

1-12rdquo (38mm)Min Frame Face

Frame Reveal

Do

or

5-14rdquo (133mm)Min CeilingClearance

1-34rdquo (44mm) Min2-14rdquo (57mm) Max

Door ThicknessFor frame reveals less than 3 (76mm) the arm adjusting rod can be field cut to a length of 9-12 (241mm) measured from centerline of connecting link bushing assembly Note Door must be visible by person operating activation switch(es)

Step 1 Determine hand of door from illustration on upper right of this page

Step 2 Using template above locate and prepare holes in the frame amp door

FrameA Prepare six (6) holes for 14-20 machine screws or No 14 x 2-34

(70mm) wood screws Blind rivet nuts (by others) are suggested for unreinforced hollow metal frames or for aluminum frames

B Concealed Wired Units Only Two (2) 78 (22mm) diameter holes for conduit for power input and for switchsensor wires

NOTE On new construction these holes will generally be drilled by the frame supplier at their shop or at the time the frame is installed in the wall

DoorC Prepare two (2) holes for 38 diameter sex nuts Standard units

are supplied with sex nuts and screws for 1-34 (44mm) thick door Sex nuts and screws for other door thicknesses are available to order

Step 3 Remove cover from the unit and set cover amp cover screws aside

Step 4 Mount unit to door frame Select A or B below

A Concealed Wired Units Only

B Surface Wired Units Only

Connect conduit to frame side of backplate Fasten unit to door frame (six screws)

Fasten unit to door frame (six screws) Mount conduit bracket (found in screw pack) to unit backplate with two screws provided Connect wiring conduit to bracket

Please verify desired mounting requires Stop (Push) Side

application as shown on this template

Page 6

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

2A Installation Sequence Continued

Step 5 Install main arm onto pinion shaft of unit at a 90deg angle to the door frame Align arm mark ldquoSrdquo with the flat corner of the pinion shaft square (See Fig 3 below)

Step 6 Secure main arm to pinion with 14-20 Flange Head Screw provided Tighten screw with 716 wrench or socket

Step 9to

increase door closing power Door control is shipped set at midpoint of power setting Maximum closing power can be achieved with 8 (360deg) clockwise turns of the power adjustment screw

Step 7 Mount arm shoe to door using 2 14-20 screws amp sex nuts provided with screw pack

Step 8 PRELOAD ARM (See Fig 4 below) Remove 14-20 hex head screw on adjusting rod and insert adjusting rod into arm slide Reinstall 14-20 screw and leave loose Rotate main arm in direction away from the hinge edge until the adjusting rod and arm slide are perpendicular (at a 90deg angle) to the door frame Tighten the 14-20 hex head screw on the adjusting rod to secure arm in this new position

Adjust closing power of unit (See Fig 5) - Using a 18rdquo allen wrench turn the power adjustment shaft clockwise

Step 10 Adjust Hydraulic valves using a 18rdquo hex wrench to obtain proper door closing speeds See following illustrations Refer to Table 1 on page 5 for recommended minimum opening closing times per ANSIBHMA A15619

Note ADA requires that from an open position of 70deg the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3rdquo (75mm) from the latched position measured at the leading edge of the door

Step 11 Make wiring connections using Wiring Instructions on Page below and on Page 8

Closing Cycle ndash Make adjustments as necessary to the Sweep Speed S valve and Latch Speed L valve See Fig 6 below for location of valves Turn valves clockwise to reduce speed counter clockwise to increase speed

Opening Cycle ndash Adjust Backcheck B valve as necessary for hydraulic resistance to door opening in the backcheck range See illustration at bottom of this page for location of valve

NOTE Too much Backcheck B valve can affect the operation of the units pump preventing units from fully opening the door This valve may require fine tuning after all other adjustments have been made

R

LYS

Z

Arm Mark Pinion Flat

Figure 3

AdjustingRod

ArmSlide

DoorShoe

MainArm

Figure 4Adjusting

Rod

ArmSlide

DoorShoe

MainArm

PowerAdjustment

18HexKey

IncreasePower

DecreasePower

Figure 5

18HexKey

SlowerClosing

FasterClosing Closing Cycle

Closed

10deg

egnaR hctaL

egnaR peewS

18HexKey

IncreaseCushion

DecreaseCushion

Opening Cycle

Backcheckgninep

O

Sweep ValveLatch Valve

BackcheckValve

Figure 8

Page 7

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Low VoltageControlWiring

IncomingPower

Optional Bracket(for surface wiring)

GroundLead

PowerLeads

GroundScrew(Green)

CableClamps Conduit

by Others(from top)

ldquoT1rdquo PowerInputTerminal

24

23

22

25

HOT

COM

Breaker Switch

T1 TerminalBlock

4 Final Electrical and Mechanical SetupA Confirm all mechanical adjustments have been made

and wiring connected per Page 7 and 8B Turn on facilityrsquos main circuit breakerC Turn power to unit on at the Unit Power Switch and

turn the Breaker Switch to ldquoRESETrdquo

D Using a short jumper cable jump terminals 1 and 2 see Fig 2 below to activate unit When door reaches 20deg switch Breaker Switch to ldquoOFFrdquo position cutting power to the unit Allow door to fully close (door may be manually pulled closed)

1234

1234

Figure 2

3 Input Power ConfigurationsCONCEALED WIRING SURFACE WIRING

Ground Wire Connection ndash Ground wire must be secured to backplate under head of (green) ground screw

Terminal Description

HOT

25

23

24

22

COM Common power lead

Hot power lead

Circuit Breaker

Switch

Circuit Breaker

Common connection to Circuit Breaker Inverter

Thread conduit fitting(s) into backplate as shown A second conduit fitting is required for low voltage control wiring CHECK LOCAL CODES Pull conduit out of header and attach to conduit fittings before mounting Secure operator to door frame Attach incoming ground wire to backplate with ground screw as illustrated in ldquoSurface Wiringrdquo illustration to the Right

Thread conduit fitting(s) into backplate as shown A second conduit fitting is required for low voltage control wiring CHECK LOCAL CODES Pull conduit out of header and attach to conduit fittings before mounting Secure operator to door frame Attach incoming ground wire to backplate with ground screw as illustrated below

Breaker Switch

Unit Power Switch

Page 8

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

4 Final Electrical and Mechanical Setup ContinuedE Adjust Closing Position Magnet (See Fig 3) - With

door in the closed position use finger to slide Closed Position Magnet so it aligns directly with the Reed Switch

F Adjust Open Position Magnet - Use fingers to slide

F cont Open Position Magnet 180deg from Open Position Magnet

G Flip Breaker Switch to ldquoRESETrdquo to turn power on Jump terminals 1 and 2 (as shown in Fig 2) to activate door Note open position of the door Allow door to close

H Use finger to readjust the Open Position Magnet to desired door open position

I Repeat Step G to verify door open position J Make all connections necessary for any accessories to

the 4-position Accessory Terminal (see Pages 10-11)K Make necessary adjustments to inverter (see Page 9)

Replace cover and cover screws

Reed Switch

Closed Position Magnet

Open PositionMagnet

Position Ring

Figure 3

Inverter Adjustmentsmiddot Based on function

adjustment desired use table above to determine which POT is to be adjusted

POT FUNCTIONDESCRIPTION

OBSTR SENS Obstruction Detection on Open CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

MDLY Motor Delay on Opening CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

P1 Closing Speed CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

HO TM Hold Open Time (5 - 30 Seconds) CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

P2 Opening Speed CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

HO TQMotor Torque at Hold Open Position

CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

ON

12

WARNING

120 HIGH VOLT POTENTIAL PRESENT MAKE SURE POWER IS TURNED OFF DURING

INSTALLATION PROCEDURE

Dip Switch Settings

1 Door Mounting -

2 Push Recognition -

ON - pullOFF - pushON - activeOFF - inactive

WARNINGElectric

Shock Risk

(Adjustments made in the shaded area should be performed by

Authorized Factory Personnel)

L2115Y

L1 115230VAC IN

MOTOR OUT

L2230Y

U

V

W

STATUS LEDS

HO TQHO TM

OBSTRSENS

P1

MDLY P2

16

COM

SNS

COM

PB

K1

K2

11

JMP503

NC

NO

TB501

PU

LL P

US

HSW501

ON

12

Inverter Details

Page 9

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Standard Function with Switches

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Notes1Power input to Door

Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

Wall Switch CardReader Key Switchetc

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4Door 1 Door 2

Operationbull bull Activating either switch will

open both doors Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsed

Doors are normally closed

Wall Switch CardReader Key Switchetc

Normally Open Momentary dry contacts

Normally Open Momentary dry contacts

Radio Frequency Function Option

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

Optional Door 2

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

Door 1

Notes1Power input to Door Operator

Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2 Radio Frequency Feature can be purchased as a separate kit

Operationbull

closedbull Activating wireless

switch or hand held wireless transmitter will open the door

bull Door will close after hold open delay elapses

Door is normally

120VAC

GroundC

OM

HO

TL N(AC) -V +V ADJ

+

11A 24V Power Supply12-24 VA

CD

CC

OM

NO

NC

Troubleshooting

Jump activation input

Change the setting of the ONOFF switch

Flip Door Mounting Dip Switch to other direction

Remove object

Re-time and re-install arm

Increase spring tension per preceding instructions

Remove object

Fault Possible reasons why RemediesExplanations

The door does not open- The motor does not start

Control switch is set to OFF position

Electrical power is missing the electrical Check power switch

Activation unit does not function- The motor starts Motor is driving in wrong direction

Something jammed beneath the door

Arm has come loose

The door does not close Spring tension too lowArm has come loose Re-time and re-install arm

Something jammed beneath the door

Circuit breaker is set to OFF position Reset circuit breaker to the ON position

Page 10

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Fail Secure Fail Safe Electric Strike Wiring

120VACSupplied byOthers- +

DC or ACOutput

AC

or

DC

Ele

ctric

Str

ike+

-

Wall Switch CardReader Key SwitchetcNormally Open Momentary dry contacts

Notes1Power input to Door Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo

Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2Unitrsquos Relay Rating for strike interface 30VDC 1A or 125VAC 5A

Operationbull bull Activating switch will unlock the electric strike

and the door will automatically open Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsed

bull For Fail Secure Strike - The door will remain locked during power failure

bull For Fail Safe Strike - The door will remain unlocked during power failure

Door is normally closed and latched

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

JMP503

NC

NO

Jumper SettingsPlace jumper to upper position for normally closed operation or to lower position for normally open operation

Fail Safe Electromagnetic Lock 24VDC Wiring

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Wall Switch CardReader Key SwitchetcNormally Open Momentary dry contacts

+-24VDC Electromagnetic Lock(Fail Safe)

Operationbull bull Activating switch will cut power to mag lock and the door will automatically

open Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsedbull The door will unlock during power failure

Door is normally closed and latched

Notes1Power input to Door Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo

Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2Unitrsquos Relay Rating 30VDC 1A or 125VAC 5A

Jumper SettingsPlace jumper to upper position for normally closed operation or to lower position for normally open operation

JMP503

NC

NO

120VAC

GroundC

OM

HO

T

L N(AC) -V +V ADJ+

Optional 11A 24V Power Supply

Page 11

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Page 12

Troubleshooting

Red LEDBlue LED

Antenna Wire

Learnwo DelayButton

DelayPotentiometer(Time Adjustment)

Learn wDelay Button

DIP Switch

TerminalStrip

Problem The LED on my receiver is just flickering and Irsquom unable to program andor it wonrsquot workSolution You have a push plate stuck or faulty transmitter Disconnect each push plate until the LED goes out If LED

does not go out remove each transmitter battery until it does Replace the appropriate transmitterProblem Receiver intermittently doesnrsquot receive the transmitter(s) signal

Solution You may extend the receiver antenna wire only in multiples of 6-34rdquo (171) ie 675 x 4 = 27rdquo (686) of extended antenna wire

Removing Transmitter Code(s)

Single Transmitter CodeŸ Press both Delay and No Delay Buttons simultaneously until Red LED flashes once (approximately 1 second)Ÿ Press transmitter button twice within 10 seconds and the transmitter code will be deleted

All Transmitter CodesŸ Press and hold both Delay and No Delay Buttons simultaneously until Blue LED illuminates then release (approximately 10

seconds)

Push Plate Configuration

1 Before beginning it is easiest to have already prepared the installation of the push plate2 Connect the wires from the transmitter to the NO and COM contacts of the push platersquos switch3 Follow Steps 1 - 4 (Hand-Held Configuration) depress the push plate to activate the transmitter4 Attach the transmitter to the inside of the electrical box and complete the installation

Hand-Held Configuration

1 Set dip switches to the receiver to the desired activation cycle (dip switch 1 - Toggle or Pulse and dip switch 2 - 05s or 10s hold

2 Press either Learn w Delay Button or Learn wo Delay Button on the receiver depending on the activation requirements (if delay learn is selected adjust potentiometer to counterclockwise limit 0 second delay) Red LED on receiver will flash After learn cycle is complete adjust potentiometer to desired delay time (0 - 30 sec)

3 Depress transmitter button repeatedly until Blue LED on the receiver illuminates (indicating reception of signal from transmitter) NOTE Repeat Steps 2 - 3 to program additional transmitters

4 To test the system depress transmitter button (Red LED on Transmitter will illuminate) and observe that the Blue LED illuminates on the receiver This indicates that the relay has been activated

433MHz Receiver Userrsquos Guide

2OFFON

Description05s Hold Time10s Hold Time

FunctionRelay will remain active 05 sec after loss of activationRelay will remain active 10 sec after loss of activation

1OFF

ON

DescriptionPulse Relay

Toggle Relay

FunctionPress the transmitter once and the relay will be active momentarilyPress the transmitter once and the relay output is active indefinitely press it again and the relay will de-energize indefinitely

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0sIn Toggle Setting (1-ON) the Hold Time is inactive Either setting for 2 dip switch will

have the same result

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s

05 second Pulse Setting

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s

10 second Pulse Setting

ŸAlways stop pedestrian traffic through the doorway when performing tests that may result in unexpected reactions by the door

ŸEnsure compliance with all applicable safety standards upon completion of installation

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

This PageLeft Blank

Page 13

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Hinge (Pull) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Right hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

o

per

atin

g a

ctiv

atio

n s

wit

ch(e

s)

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

80deg

15-1

2 (

394)

13-1

4 (

337)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull T

hick

ness

rec

omm

ende

d fo

r re

info

rcem

ents

in h

ollo

w

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

on

Pag

e 2

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull R

ight

han

d do

or s

how

nbull

Thi

s te

mpl

ate

info

rmat

ion

base

d up

on u

se o

f 5

(127

mm

) m

axim

um w

idth

but

t hin

ges

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e is

req

uire

d fo

r ot

her

cond

ition

sbull

Max

imum

fram

e re

veal

is 6

-78

rdquo (17

5mm

) fo

r th

is

appl

icat

ion

bull C

ondu

it ho

le n

eare

st th

e hi

nge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

F

ram

e Fa

ce

1-1

8rdquo(2

9)

1-1

4(3

2)1-

716

(37)

11(2

79)

22(5

59)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

1-1

8(2

9)

C LH

inge

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)7

8 (2

3) D

ia

(2 P

lace

s)

38

Dia

S

ex N

uts

(3 P

lace

s)

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

3(7

6)

13-1

316

(350

)

12

(13)

A

11-1

116

(297

)

6rdquo

(152

mm

)M

in

Cle

aran

ce

14-3

16

(360

)

12-1

516

(329

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Rig

ht

Han

d D

oo

ro

pen

ing

to

110

deg sh

ow

n

58

(15

9)S

top

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

6rdquo (

152m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

ax

Do

or T

hic

knes

s

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Hin

ge

(Pu

ll) S

ide

app

licat

ion

as

sho

wn

on

th

is

tem

pla

te

Page 14

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Stop (Push) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Left hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Dim

ldquoB

rdquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

70deg

12 (

305)

9-1

2 (2

41)

13-1

4 (

337)

15-3

4 (

400)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull Thi

ckne

ss r

ecom

men

ded

for

rein

forc

emen

ts in

ho

llow

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

at t

he

left

of th

is p

age

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull Le

ft ha

nd d

oor

show

nbull T

his

tem

plat

e in

form

atio

n ba

sed

upon

use

of 5

(1

27m

m)

max

imum

wid

th b

utt h

inge

s or

34

(1

9mm

) of

fset

piv

ots

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e w

ill

be s

uppl

ied

for

othe

r co

nditi

ons

bull M

axim

um fr

ame

reve

al is

7rdquo (

178m

m)

for

this

ap

plic

atio

nbull

Con

duit

hole

nea

rest

to h

inge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

1-11

16

(43)

1-1

4(3

2)11

16

(17

5)

1-3

4(4

4)

12-1

516

(329

)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

38

(10)

C LH

inge

or

Piv

ot

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)

78

(22)

(Con

duit

Hol

es -

2

Pla

ces)

Dia

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

A13-1

316

(351

)

12

(13)

B

5-1

4rdquoM

in

Cle

aran

ce

11-1

116

(297

)

38

(19)

14-3

16

(360

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Lef

t H

and

Do

or

op

en t

o 1

10deg

sho

wn

58

(15

9)S

top

Sex

Nu

ts(2

Pla

ces)

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

1-1

2rdquo (

38m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

5-1

4rdquo (

133m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

axD

oo

r Th

ickn

ess

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

op

erat

ing

act

ivat

ion

sw

itch

(es)

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Sto

p (

Pu

sh)

Sid

e ap

plic

atio

n a

s sh

ow

n o

n t

his

te

mp

late

Page 15

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

3000 Highway 74 East bull Monroe NC 28112Tel (800)-438-1951 x4706 bull Fax (800)-338-0965

wwwnor tondoorcontrolscom

ASSA ABLOY

This PageLeft Blank

Page 16

ASSA ABLOY

Page 2: ASSA ABLOY - E.D. Locks & Security | Commercial ... · backplate reed switch chain open / close positioning magnets “t1” power input terminal (3-position) accessory terminal (4-position)

Page 2

Hollow Metal Door Frame Reinforcing

FrameMaterial

12 Ga1046 (266)

14 Ga0747 (190)

16 Ga0598 (152)

18 Ga0478 (121)

12 Ga1046 (266)

10 Ga1343 (341)

10 Ga1343 (341)

8 Ga1644 (418)

18 Ga0478 (121)

12 Ga1046 (266)

12 Ga1046 (266)

10 Ga1343 (341)

Reinforcing

Recommended Min Required

Contents

General Informationbull

the 120VAC (60Hz) power input to the LEO door operator be supplied through normally closed alarm contacts of the alarm system alarm panel

bull Power input to LEO door operator must be 120VAC (60Hz) to terminals HOT and COM at terminal strip T1 Earth ground (GND) to green screw on backplate

bull All wiring must conform to standard wiring practice in accordance with national and local wiring codes

bull Note Unless otherwise noted all dimensions are given in inches (millimeters)

bull Minimum suggested and required material thickness for hollow metal frames (skin plus reinforcement) is charted on below

bull Unit is Non-Handed

bull Door must be hung on butt hinges [5rdquo (127mm) max width] or 34rdquo (19mm) offset pivots A separate door and frame preparation template will be supplied for other conditions

bull Door must swing freely through the entire opening and closing cycle before beginning the installation

bull Use of an auxiliary door stop (by others) is always recommended

bull An incorrectly installed or improperly adjusted door operator can cause property damage or personal injury These instructions should be followed to avoid the possibility of misapplication or misadjustment

UL labeled fire or smoke barrier door assemblies require that WARNING Make sure 120VAC (60Hz) input power is turned off at facilityrsquos main circuit breaker before proceeding with installation

General Templating Informationbull Before beginning the installation verify that the door frame is

properly reinforced and is well anchored in the wall

bull Unreinforced hollow metal frames and aluminum frames should be prepared and fitted with 14-20 blind rivet nuts furnished by others

bull Concealed electrical conduit and concealed switch or sensor wires should be pulled to the frame before proceeding

Fasteners for Framebull 14-20 machine screws for hollow metal and aluminumbull No 14 x 2-34rdquo (70mm) long sheet metal screws for wood

Fasteners for Doorbull 14-20 machine screwsbull 38rdquo diameter x 1-58rdquo (41mm) long sex nut

Electrical Informationbull Maximum current draw of unit is 06 amps

bull Breaker Switch protects the motor assembly and inverter and has a 3 amp rating

bull Maximum wire size is12AWG at terminals HOT and COM (120VAC 60Hz) on ldquoT1rdquo Power Input Terminal14AWG at terminals 1 thru 4 on Accessory Terminal 18AWG at terminals 22 thru 25 on ldquoT1rdquo Power Input Terminal

Frame Reinforcement Table

General 2Frame Reinforcement Table Technical Data 2Component Layout 3ADA ANSI UL 3Hinge (Pull) Side Mounting 4Stop (Push) Side Mounting 6 Adjust Power and Opening Closing Cycle 5 7Input Power Configuration 8

Final Setup 8Inverter Details 9Accessory Typical Installations 10Troubleshooting 10RF Receiver Userrsquos Guide 12Hinge (Pull) Side Template 14Stop (Push) Side Template 15

Technical Data

120VAC 60Hz

6 amps

24 V DC max 11 Amp

28 - 48 (71-122 cm)

100-250 lb (45-113 kg)

Input power

Power consumption

Power supply

Door width

Door weight

Door opening angle

Hold open time 5 - 30 seconds (ADA 5 seconds min)

3 ampsCircuit breaker

up to 110deg Pull side up to 170 Push sideManually to 180deg PushPull side

deg

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

BACKPLATE

REED SWITCH

CHAINOPEN CLOSE POSITIONING MAGNETS

ldquoT1rdquo POWER INPUTTERMINAL (3-POSITION)

ACCESSORYTERMINAL(4-POSITION)

PINION EXTENSION CLUTCH ASSEMBLY

INVERTER

MOTOR ASSEMBLY

POWER SWITCH

BREAKER SWITCH

1600 SERIES CLOSER BODY

CONNECTING LINKBUSHING ASSEMBLY

SHOE

SHOE ADJUSTING ROD ASSEMBLY

FOREARMSCREW

MAIN ARM

ADJUSTINGTUBE

MAIN ARM SLIDEUNIT ASSEMBLY

Included with 5710 and 5740 Included with 5730 and 5740

Component Layout

ADA ANSI UL InformationAmericans With Disabilities Act (ADA)These door operators can be installed and adjusted to conform with ADA regulations

ANSI StandardsANSI A1171 ndash These door operators permit door assemblies to conform to the requirements of this specification for buildings and facilities ndash providing accessibility and usability for physically handicapped people

bull ANSI A15619 ndash These products are designed to conform to this specification for power assist and low energy power operated doors

ndash PAS Function is designed to meet or exceed all of the requirements for the Power Assist Door

ndash POR Function is designed to meet or exceed all of the requirements for the Low Energy Power Operated Door

UL Listing Underwriters Laboratories Inc listed for use on

fire and smoke barrier door assemblies when the 120VAC (60Hz) power input is supplied through the normally closed alarm contacts of a compatible UL Listed alarm system or alarm panel

ASSA ABLOY

SLIDE TRACKASSEMBLY

SLIDER

BUFFER STOP

964rdquo HEXDRIVE SOCKET

SCREW

SLIDE ARMTUBE

SLIDE ARMROD

Page 3 Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Note Door must be visible by person operating activation switch(es)

Door OpeningAngle

Dim ldquoArdquo

Up to 110deg

111deg to 180deg

15-12 (394)

13-14 (337)

Notesbull All dimensions are given in inches (mm)bull Thickness recommended for reinforcements in hollow

metal doors and frames is charted on Page 2bull Do not scale drawingbull Right hand door shownbull This template information based upon use of 5

(127mm) maximum width butt hinges A separate template is required for other conditions

bull Maximum frame reveal is 6-78rdquo (175mm) for this application

bull Conduit hole nearest the hinge is suggested for 120 VAC power input

2rdquo (51mm) Min

Frame Face

1-18rdquo(29)

1-14(32)

1-716(37)

11(279)

22(559)

7-916(192)

13-716(341)

1-18(29)

CL Hinge

14-20 Machine Screwsor No 14 Wood Screws

(6 Places)78 (23) Dia(2 Places)

38 DiaSex Nuts(3 Places)

FrameRabbet

FrameStopSoffit

3(76)

13-1316(350)

12(13)

A

11-1116(297)

6rdquo (152mm)

MinClearance

14-316(360)

12-1516(329)

13-1316(351)

Right Hand Dooropening to 110deg shown

58(159)

Stop

1 Hinge (Pull) Side Mounting Instructions

Step 1 Determine hand of door from illustration on upper right of this page

Step 2 Using template above locate and prepare holes in the frame amp door

FrameA Prepare six (6) holes for 14-20 machine screws or

No 14 x 2-34 (70mm) wood screws Blind rivet nuts (by others) are suggested for unreinforced hollow metal frames or for aluminum frames

B Concealed Wired Units Only Two (2) 78 (22mm) diameter holes for conduit for power input and for switchsensor wires

NOTE On new construction these holes will generally be drilled by the frame supplier at their shop or at the time the frame is installed in the wall

DoorC Prepare three (3) holes for 38 diameter sex nuts Standard units

are supplied with sex nuts and screws for 1-34 (44mm) thick door Sex nuts and screws for other door thicknesses are available to order

Step 3 Remove cover from the unit and set cover amp cover screws aside

Step 4 Mount unit to door frame Select A or B below

A Concealed Wired Units Only

B Surface Wired Units Only

(Continue to next page)

Connect conduit to frame side of backplate Fasten unit to door frame (seven screws)

Fasten unit to door frame (seven screws) Mount conduit bracket (found in screw pack) to unitrsquos backplate with two screws provided Connect wiring conduit to bracket

1A Installation Sequence

LeftHandDoor

RightHandDoor

2rdquo (51mm)Min Frame

FaceFrame Reveal

Do

or

6rdquo (152mm)Min CeilingClearance

1-34rdquo (44mm) Min2-14rdquo (57mm) Max

Door Thickness

Please verify desired mounting requires Hinge (Pull) Side

application as shown on this template

Page 4

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

1A Installation Sequence ContinuedStep 5 Mount track assembly to door using 3 14-20 screws amp sex nuts

with buffer assembly toward hinge Open part of track to face top of door

Step 6 Insert slide arm rod into slide arm tube setting the distance between the pinion square and the slide stud at 13-12rdquo (343) Install 964rdquo hex drive socket head screw from screw pack (See illustration below)

Step 7 Using an adjustable wrench rotate pinion 45deg toward hinge as shown below With the arm assembly parallel to the door secure arm to pinion when square of the pinion aligns with the square in the arm Secure with countersunk washer and 14-20 Flat Head Screw (with thread lock) provided Tighten screw with 716rdquo wrench or socket

Step 9to

increase door closing power Door control is shipped set at midpoint of power setting Maximum closing power can be achieved with 8 (360deg) clockwise turns of the power adjustment screw

Step 8 Insert arm stud into slide block in track assembly Secure by pushing in on the retainer clip that extends from the slide block in the track until it is flush with the slide block (see illustration below)

Adjust closing power of unit (See Fig 1) - Using a 18rdquo allen wrench turn the power adjustment shaft clockwise

Step 10 Adjust Hydraulic valves using a 18rdquo hex wrench to obtain proper door closing speeds See following illustrations Refer to Table 1 below for recommended minimum opening closing times per ANSIBHMA A15619

Note ADA requires that from an open position of 70deg the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3rdquo (75mm) from the latched position measured at the leading edge of the door

Closing Cycle ndash Make adjustments as necessary to the Sweep Speed S valve and Latch Speed L valve See Fig 2 below for location of valves Turn valves clockwise to reduce speed counter clockwise to increase speed

Opening Cycle ndash Adjust Backcheck B valve as necessary for hydraulic resistance to door opening in the backcheck range See illustration in Fig 2 for location of valve

NOTE Too much Backcheck B valve can affect the operation of the units pump preventing units from fully opening the door This valve may require fine tuning after all other adjustments have been made

2

1Attaching Arm Stud to Slide

Retainer Clip

18HexKey

SlowerClosing

FasterClosingClosing Cycle

Closed

10deg

egnaR hctaL

egnaR peewS

18HexKey

IncreaseCushion

DecreaseCushion

Sweep Valve

Latch Valve

BackcheckValve

Figure 2

Power Adjustment

18HexKey

IncreasePower

DecreasePower Figure 1

Opening Cycle

Backcheckgninep

O

13-12(343)

Note Center threaded hole of slider arm should align with seventh hole of the slider tube Stud in slider arm should point to same side as holes in slider tube (see illustration on Page 3)

RHDoor

LHDoor

RotatePinion

Pinion Flats

1A Installation Sequence ContinuedTable 1 - Minimum Opening Closing Times for ANSIBHMA A15619Door Weight in Pounds (kg)Door Leaf

Width -Inches (mm)

Matrix values are in seconds

Backcheck - adjust the backcheck valve to have a minimum opening time to backcheck or 80 degrees (whichever comes first) based on Table 1

Closing Time - adjust Latch and Sweep valves to have a minimum closing time from 90 degrees to Latch Check or 10 degrees (whichever comes first) based on Table 1

Page 5

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Door OpeningAngle

Dim ldquoArdquo Dim ldquoBrdquo

Up to 110deg

111deg to 170deg

12 (305)

9-12 (241) 13-14 (337)

15-34 (400)

Notesbull All dimensions are given in inches (mm)bull Thickness recommended for reinforcements in

hollow metal doors and frames is charted at the left of this page

bull Do not scale drawingbull Left hand door shownbull This template information based upon use of 5

(127mm) maximum width butt hinges or 34 (19mm) offset pivots A separate template will be supplied for other conditions

bull Maximum frame reveal is 7rdquo (178mm) for this application

bull Conduit hole nearest to hinge is suggested for 120 VAC power input

1-1116(43)

1-14(32)

1116(175)

1-34(44)

12-1516(329)

7-916(192)

13-716(341)

38(10)

CL Hinge or Pivot

14-20 Machine Screwsor No 14 Wood Screws

(6 Places)

78(22)

(Conduit Holes - 2 Places)

Dia

FrameRabbet

FrameStopSoffit

A

13-1316(351)

12(13)

B

5-14rdquoMin

Clearance

11-1116(297)

38(19)

14-316(360)

13-1316(351)

Left Hand Dooropen to 110deg shown

58(159)

Stop

Sex Nuts(2 Places)

2 Stop (Push) Side Mounting Instructions

2A Installation Sequence

LeftHandDoor

RightHandDoor

1-12rdquo (38mm)Min Frame Face

Frame Reveal

Do

or

5-14rdquo (133mm)Min CeilingClearance

1-34rdquo (44mm) Min2-14rdquo (57mm) Max

Door ThicknessFor frame reveals less than 3 (76mm) the arm adjusting rod can be field cut to a length of 9-12 (241mm) measured from centerline of connecting link bushing assembly Note Door must be visible by person operating activation switch(es)

Step 1 Determine hand of door from illustration on upper right of this page

Step 2 Using template above locate and prepare holes in the frame amp door

FrameA Prepare six (6) holes for 14-20 machine screws or No 14 x 2-34

(70mm) wood screws Blind rivet nuts (by others) are suggested for unreinforced hollow metal frames or for aluminum frames

B Concealed Wired Units Only Two (2) 78 (22mm) diameter holes for conduit for power input and for switchsensor wires

NOTE On new construction these holes will generally be drilled by the frame supplier at their shop or at the time the frame is installed in the wall

DoorC Prepare two (2) holes for 38 diameter sex nuts Standard units

are supplied with sex nuts and screws for 1-34 (44mm) thick door Sex nuts and screws for other door thicknesses are available to order

Step 3 Remove cover from the unit and set cover amp cover screws aside

Step 4 Mount unit to door frame Select A or B below

A Concealed Wired Units Only

B Surface Wired Units Only

Connect conduit to frame side of backplate Fasten unit to door frame (six screws)

Fasten unit to door frame (six screws) Mount conduit bracket (found in screw pack) to unit backplate with two screws provided Connect wiring conduit to bracket

Please verify desired mounting requires Stop (Push) Side

application as shown on this template

Page 6

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

2A Installation Sequence Continued

Step 5 Install main arm onto pinion shaft of unit at a 90deg angle to the door frame Align arm mark ldquoSrdquo with the flat corner of the pinion shaft square (See Fig 3 below)

Step 6 Secure main arm to pinion with 14-20 Flange Head Screw provided Tighten screw with 716 wrench or socket

Step 9to

increase door closing power Door control is shipped set at midpoint of power setting Maximum closing power can be achieved with 8 (360deg) clockwise turns of the power adjustment screw

Step 7 Mount arm shoe to door using 2 14-20 screws amp sex nuts provided with screw pack

Step 8 PRELOAD ARM (See Fig 4 below) Remove 14-20 hex head screw on adjusting rod and insert adjusting rod into arm slide Reinstall 14-20 screw and leave loose Rotate main arm in direction away from the hinge edge until the adjusting rod and arm slide are perpendicular (at a 90deg angle) to the door frame Tighten the 14-20 hex head screw on the adjusting rod to secure arm in this new position

Adjust closing power of unit (See Fig 5) - Using a 18rdquo allen wrench turn the power adjustment shaft clockwise

Step 10 Adjust Hydraulic valves using a 18rdquo hex wrench to obtain proper door closing speeds See following illustrations Refer to Table 1 on page 5 for recommended minimum opening closing times per ANSIBHMA A15619

Note ADA requires that from an open position of 70deg the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3rdquo (75mm) from the latched position measured at the leading edge of the door

Step 11 Make wiring connections using Wiring Instructions on Page below and on Page 8

Closing Cycle ndash Make adjustments as necessary to the Sweep Speed S valve and Latch Speed L valve See Fig 6 below for location of valves Turn valves clockwise to reduce speed counter clockwise to increase speed

Opening Cycle ndash Adjust Backcheck B valve as necessary for hydraulic resistance to door opening in the backcheck range See illustration at bottom of this page for location of valve

NOTE Too much Backcheck B valve can affect the operation of the units pump preventing units from fully opening the door This valve may require fine tuning after all other adjustments have been made

R

LYS

Z

Arm Mark Pinion Flat

Figure 3

AdjustingRod

ArmSlide

DoorShoe

MainArm

Figure 4Adjusting

Rod

ArmSlide

DoorShoe

MainArm

PowerAdjustment

18HexKey

IncreasePower

DecreasePower

Figure 5

18HexKey

SlowerClosing

FasterClosing Closing Cycle

Closed

10deg

egnaR hctaL

egnaR peewS

18HexKey

IncreaseCushion

DecreaseCushion

Opening Cycle

Backcheckgninep

O

Sweep ValveLatch Valve

BackcheckValve

Figure 8

Page 7

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Low VoltageControlWiring

IncomingPower

Optional Bracket(for surface wiring)

GroundLead

PowerLeads

GroundScrew(Green)

CableClamps Conduit

by Others(from top)

ldquoT1rdquo PowerInputTerminal

24

23

22

25

HOT

COM

Breaker Switch

T1 TerminalBlock

4 Final Electrical and Mechanical SetupA Confirm all mechanical adjustments have been made

and wiring connected per Page 7 and 8B Turn on facilityrsquos main circuit breakerC Turn power to unit on at the Unit Power Switch and

turn the Breaker Switch to ldquoRESETrdquo

D Using a short jumper cable jump terminals 1 and 2 see Fig 2 below to activate unit When door reaches 20deg switch Breaker Switch to ldquoOFFrdquo position cutting power to the unit Allow door to fully close (door may be manually pulled closed)

1234

1234

Figure 2

3 Input Power ConfigurationsCONCEALED WIRING SURFACE WIRING

Ground Wire Connection ndash Ground wire must be secured to backplate under head of (green) ground screw

Terminal Description

HOT

25

23

24

22

COM Common power lead

Hot power lead

Circuit Breaker

Switch

Circuit Breaker

Common connection to Circuit Breaker Inverter

Thread conduit fitting(s) into backplate as shown A second conduit fitting is required for low voltage control wiring CHECK LOCAL CODES Pull conduit out of header and attach to conduit fittings before mounting Secure operator to door frame Attach incoming ground wire to backplate with ground screw as illustrated in ldquoSurface Wiringrdquo illustration to the Right

Thread conduit fitting(s) into backplate as shown A second conduit fitting is required for low voltage control wiring CHECK LOCAL CODES Pull conduit out of header and attach to conduit fittings before mounting Secure operator to door frame Attach incoming ground wire to backplate with ground screw as illustrated below

Breaker Switch

Unit Power Switch

Page 8

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

4 Final Electrical and Mechanical Setup ContinuedE Adjust Closing Position Magnet (See Fig 3) - With

door in the closed position use finger to slide Closed Position Magnet so it aligns directly with the Reed Switch

F Adjust Open Position Magnet - Use fingers to slide

F cont Open Position Magnet 180deg from Open Position Magnet

G Flip Breaker Switch to ldquoRESETrdquo to turn power on Jump terminals 1 and 2 (as shown in Fig 2) to activate door Note open position of the door Allow door to close

H Use finger to readjust the Open Position Magnet to desired door open position

I Repeat Step G to verify door open position J Make all connections necessary for any accessories to

the 4-position Accessory Terminal (see Pages 10-11)K Make necessary adjustments to inverter (see Page 9)

Replace cover and cover screws

Reed Switch

Closed Position Magnet

Open PositionMagnet

Position Ring

Figure 3

Inverter Adjustmentsmiddot Based on function

adjustment desired use table above to determine which POT is to be adjusted

POT FUNCTIONDESCRIPTION

OBSTR SENS Obstruction Detection on Open CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

MDLY Motor Delay on Opening CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

P1 Closing Speed CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

HO TM Hold Open Time (5 - 30 Seconds) CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

P2 Opening Speed CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

HO TQMotor Torque at Hold Open Position

CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

ON

12

WARNING

120 HIGH VOLT POTENTIAL PRESENT MAKE SURE POWER IS TURNED OFF DURING

INSTALLATION PROCEDURE

Dip Switch Settings

1 Door Mounting -

2 Push Recognition -

ON - pullOFF - pushON - activeOFF - inactive

WARNINGElectric

Shock Risk

(Adjustments made in the shaded area should be performed by

Authorized Factory Personnel)

L2115Y

L1 115230VAC IN

MOTOR OUT

L2230Y

U

V

W

STATUS LEDS

HO TQHO TM

OBSTRSENS

P1

MDLY P2

16

COM

SNS

COM

PB

K1

K2

11

JMP503

NC

NO

TB501

PU

LL P

US

HSW501

ON

12

Inverter Details

Page 9

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Standard Function with Switches

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Notes1Power input to Door

Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

Wall Switch CardReader Key Switchetc

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4Door 1 Door 2

Operationbull bull Activating either switch will

open both doors Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsed

Doors are normally closed

Wall Switch CardReader Key Switchetc

Normally Open Momentary dry contacts

Normally Open Momentary dry contacts

Radio Frequency Function Option

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

Optional Door 2

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

Door 1

Notes1Power input to Door Operator

Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2 Radio Frequency Feature can be purchased as a separate kit

Operationbull

closedbull Activating wireless

switch or hand held wireless transmitter will open the door

bull Door will close after hold open delay elapses

Door is normally

120VAC

GroundC

OM

HO

TL N(AC) -V +V ADJ

+

11A 24V Power Supply12-24 VA

CD

CC

OM

NO

NC

Troubleshooting

Jump activation input

Change the setting of the ONOFF switch

Flip Door Mounting Dip Switch to other direction

Remove object

Re-time and re-install arm

Increase spring tension per preceding instructions

Remove object

Fault Possible reasons why RemediesExplanations

The door does not open- The motor does not start

Control switch is set to OFF position

Electrical power is missing the electrical Check power switch

Activation unit does not function- The motor starts Motor is driving in wrong direction

Something jammed beneath the door

Arm has come loose

The door does not close Spring tension too lowArm has come loose Re-time and re-install arm

Something jammed beneath the door

Circuit breaker is set to OFF position Reset circuit breaker to the ON position

Page 10

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Fail Secure Fail Safe Electric Strike Wiring

120VACSupplied byOthers- +

DC or ACOutput

AC

or

DC

Ele

ctric

Str

ike+

-

Wall Switch CardReader Key SwitchetcNormally Open Momentary dry contacts

Notes1Power input to Door Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo

Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2Unitrsquos Relay Rating for strike interface 30VDC 1A or 125VAC 5A

Operationbull bull Activating switch will unlock the electric strike

and the door will automatically open Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsed

bull For Fail Secure Strike - The door will remain locked during power failure

bull For Fail Safe Strike - The door will remain unlocked during power failure

Door is normally closed and latched

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

JMP503

NC

NO

Jumper SettingsPlace jumper to upper position for normally closed operation or to lower position for normally open operation

Fail Safe Electromagnetic Lock 24VDC Wiring

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Wall Switch CardReader Key SwitchetcNormally Open Momentary dry contacts

+-24VDC Electromagnetic Lock(Fail Safe)

Operationbull bull Activating switch will cut power to mag lock and the door will automatically

open Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsedbull The door will unlock during power failure

Door is normally closed and latched

Notes1Power input to Door Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo

Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2Unitrsquos Relay Rating 30VDC 1A or 125VAC 5A

Jumper SettingsPlace jumper to upper position for normally closed operation or to lower position for normally open operation

JMP503

NC

NO

120VAC

GroundC

OM

HO

T

L N(AC) -V +V ADJ+

Optional 11A 24V Power Supply

Page 11

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Page 12

Troubleshooting

Red LEDBlue LED

Antenna Wire

Learnwo DelayButton

DelayPotentiometer(Time Adjustment)

Learn wDelay Button

DIP Switch

TerminalStrip

Problem The LED on my receiver is just flickering and Irsquom unable to program andor it wonrsquot workSolution You have a push plate stuck or faulty transmitter Disconnect each push plate until the LED goes out If LED

does not go out remove each transmitter battery until it does Replace the appropriate transmitterProblem Receiver intermittently doesnrsquot receive the transmitter(s) signal

Solution You may extend the receiver antenna wire only in multiples of 6-34rdquo (171) ie 675 x 4 = 27rdquo (686) of extended antenna wire

Removing Transmitter Code(s)

Single Transmitter CodeŸ Press both Delay and No Delay Buttons simultaneously until Red LED flashes once (approximately 1 second)Ÿ Press transmitter button twice within 10 seconds and the transmitter code will be deleted

All Transmitter CodesŸ Press and hold both Delay and No Delay Buttons simultaneously until Blue LED illuminates then release (approximately 10

seconds)

Push Plate Configuration

1 Before beginning it is easiest to have already prepared the installation of the push plate2 Connect the wires from the transmitter to the NO and COM contacts of the push platersquos switch3 Follow Steps 1 - 4 (Hand-Held Configuration) depress the push plate to activate the transmitter4 Attach the transmitter to the inside of the electrical box and complete the installation

Hand-Held Configuration

1 Set dip switches to the receiver to the desired activation cycle (dip switch 1 - Toggle or Pulse and dip switch 2 - 05s or 10s hold

2 Press either Learn w Delay Button or Learn wo Delay Button on the receiver depending on the activation requirements (if delay learn is selected adjust potentiometer to counterclockwise limit 0 second delay) Red LED on receiver will flash After learn cycle is complete adjust potentiometer to desired delay time (0 - 30 sec)

3 Depress transmitter button repeatedly until Blue LED on the receiver illuminates (indicating reception of signal from transmitter) NOTE Repeat Steps 2 - 3 to program additional transmitters

4 To test the system depress transmitter button (Red LED on Transmitter will illuminate) and observe that the Blue LED illuminates on the receiver This indicates that the relay has been activated

433MHz Receiver Userrsquos Guide

2OFFON

Description05s Hold Time10s Hold Time

FunctionRelay will remain active 05 sec after loss of activationRelay will remain active 10 sec after loss of activation

1OFF

ON

DescriptionPulse Relay

Toggle Relay

FunctionPress the transmitter once and the relay will be active momentarilyPress the transmitter once and the relay output is active indefinitely press it again and the relay will de-energize indefinitely

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0sIn Toggle Setting (1-ON) the Hold Time is inactive Either setting for 2 dip switch will

have the same result

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s

05 second Pulse Setting

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s

10 second Pulse Setting

ŸAlways stop pedestrian traffic through the doorway when performing tests that may result in unexpected reactions by the door

ŸEnsure compliance with all applicable safety standards upon completion of installation

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

This PageLeft Blank

Page 13

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Hinge (Pull) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Right hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

o

per

atin

g a

ctiv

atio

n s

wit

ch(e

s)

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

80deg

15-1

2 (

394)

13-1

4 (

337)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull T

hick

ness

rec

omm

ende

d fo

r re

info

rcem

ents

in h

ollo

w

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

on

Pag

e 2

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull R

ight

han

d do

or s

how

nbull

Thi

s te

mpl

ate

info

rmat

ion

base

d up

on u

se o

f 5

(127

mm

) m

axim

um w

idth

but

t hin

ges

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e is

req

uire

d fo

r ot

her

cond

ition

sbull

Max

imum

fram

e re

veal

is 6

-78

rdquo (17

5mm

) fo

r th

is

appl

icat

ion

bull C

ondu

it ho

le n

eare

st th

e hi

nge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

F

ram

e Fa

ce

1-1

8rdquo(2

9)

1-1

4(3

2)1-

716

(37)

11(2

79)

22(5

59)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

1-1

8(2

9)

C LH

inge

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)7

8 (2

3) D

ia

(2 P

lace

s)

38

Dia

S

ex N

uts

(3 P

lace

s)

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

3(7

6)

13-1

316

(350

)

12

(13)

A

11-1

116

(297

)

6rdquo

(152

mm

)M

in

Cle

aran

ce

14-3

16

(360

)

12-1

516

(329

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Rig

ht

Han

d D

oo

ro

pen

ing

to

110

deg sh

ow

n

58

(15

9)S

top

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

6rdquo (

152m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

ax

Do

or T

hic

knes

s

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Hin

ge

(Pu

ll) S

ide

app

licat

ion

as

sho

wn

on

th

is

tem

pla

te

Page 14

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Stop (Push) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Left hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Dim

ldquoB

rdquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

70deg

12 (

305)

9-1

2 (2

41)

13-1

4 (

337)

15-3

4 (

400)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull Thi

ckne

ss r

ecom

men

ded

for

rein

forc

emen

ts in

ho

llow

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

at t

he

left

of th

is p

age

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull Le

ft ha

nd d

oor

show

nbull T

his

tem

plat

e in

form

atio

n ba

sed

upon

use

of 5

(1

27m

m)

max

imum

wid

th b

utt h

inge

s or

34

(1

9mm

) of

fset

piv

ots

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e w

ill

be s

uppl

ied

for

othe

r co

nditi

ons

bull M

axim

um fr

ame

reve

al is

7rdquo (

178m

m)

for

this

ap

plic

atio

nbull

Con

duit

hole

nea

rest

to h

inge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

1-11

16

(43)

1-1

4(3

2)11

16

(17

5)

1-3

4(4

4)

12-1

516

(329

)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

38

(10)

C LH

inge

or

Piv

ot

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)

78

(22)

(Con

duit

Hol

es -

2

Pla

ces)

Dia

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

A13-1

316

(351

)

12

(13)

B

5-1

4rdquoM

in

Cle

aran

ce

11-1

116

(297

)

38

(19)

14-3

16

(360

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Lef

t H

and

Do

or

op

en t

o 1

10deg

sho

wn

58

(15

9)S

top

Sex

Nu

ts(2

Pla

ces)

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

1-1

2rdquo (

38m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

5-1

4rdquo (

133m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

axD

oo

r Th

ickn

ess

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

op

erat

ing

act

ivat

ion

sw

itch

(es)

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Sto

p (

Pu

sh)

Sid

e ap

plic

atio

n a

s sh

ow

n o

n t

his

te

mp

late

Page 15

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

3000 Highway 74 East bull Monroe NC 28112Tel (800)-438-1951 x4706 bull Fax (800)-338-0965

wwwnor tondoorcontrolscom

ASSA ABLOY

This PageLeft Blank

Page 16

ASSA ABLOY

Page 3: ASSA ABLOY - E.D. Locks & Security | Commercial ... · backplate reed switch chain open / close positioning magnets “t1” power input terminal (3-position) accessory terminal (4-position)

BACKPLATE

REED SWITCH

CHAINOPEN CLOSE POSITIONING MAGNETS

ldquoT1rdquo POWER INPUTTERMINAL (3-POSITION)

ACCESSORYTERMINAL(4-POSITION)

PINION EXTENSION CLUTCH ASSEMBLY

INVERTER

MOTOR ASSEMBLY

POWER SWITCH

BREAKER SWITCH

1600 SERIES CLOSER BODY

CONNECTING LINKBUSHING ASSEMBLY

SHOE

SHOE ADJUSTING ROD ASSEMBLY

FOREARMSCREW

MAIN ARM

ADJUSTINGTUBE

MAIN ARM SLIDEUNIT ASSEMBLY

Included with 5710 and 5740 Included with 5730 and 5740

Component Layout

ADA ANSI UL InformationAmericans With Disabilities Act (ADA)These door operators can be installed and adjusted to conform with ADA regulations

ANSI StandardsANSI A1171 ndash These door operators permit door assemblies to conform to the requirements of this specification for buildings and facilities ndash providing accessibility and usability for physically handicapped people

bull ANSI A15619 ndash These products are designed to conform to this specification for power assist and low energy power operated doors

ndash PAS Function is designed to meet or exceed all of the requirements for the Power Assist Door

ndash POR Function is designed to meet or exceed all of the requirements for the Low Energy Power Operated Door

UL Listing Underwriters Laboratories Inc listed for use on

fire and smoke barrier door assemblies when the 120VAC (60Hz) power input is supplied through the normally closed alarm contacts of a compatible UL Listed alarm system or alarm panel

ASSA ABLOY

SLIDE TRACKASSEMBLY

SLIDER

BUFFER STOP

964rdquo HEXDRIVE SOCKET

SCREW

SLIDE ARMTUBE

SLIDE ARMROD

Page 3 Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Note Door must be visible by person operating activation switch(es)

Door OpeningAngle

Dim ldquoArdquo

Up to 110deg

111deg to 180deg

15-12 (394)

13-14 (337)

Notesbull All dimensions are given in inches (mm)bull Thickness recommended for reinforcements in hollow

metal doors and frames is charted on Page 2bull Do not scale drawingbull Right hand door shownbull This template information based upon use of 5

(127mm) maximum width butt hinges A separate template is required for other conditions

bull Maximum frame reveal is 6-78rdquo (175mm) for this application

bull Conduit hole nearest the hinge is suggested for 120 VAC power input

2rdquo (51mm) Min

Frame Face

1-18rdquo(29)

1-14(32)

1-716(37)

11(279)

22(559)

7-916(192)

13-716(341)

1-18(29)

CL Hinge

14-20 Machine Screwsor No 14 Wood Screws

(6 Places)78 (23) Dia(2 Places)

38 DiaSex Nuts(3 Places)

FrameRabbet

FrameStopSoffit

3(76)

13-1316(350)

12(13)

A

11-1116(297)

6rdquo (152mm)

MinClearance

14-316(360)

12-1516(329)

13-1316(351)

Right Hand Dooropening to 110deg shown

58(159)

Stop

1 Hinge (Pull) Side Mounting Instructions

Step 1 Determine hand of door from illustration on upper right of this page

Step 2 Using template above locate and prepare holes in the frame amp door

FrameA Prepare six (6) holes for 14-20 machine screws or

No 14 x 2-34 (70mm) wood screws Blind rivet nuts (by others) are suggested for unreinforced hollow metal frames or for aluminum frames

B Concealed Wired Units Only Two (2) 78 (22mm) diameter holes for conduit for power input and for switchsensor wires

NOTE On new construction these holes will generally be drilled by the frame supplier at their shop or at the time the frame is installed in the wall

DoorC Prepare three (3) holes for 38 diameter sex nuts Standard units

are supplied with sex nuts and screws for 1-34 (44mm) thick door Sex nuts and screws for other door thicknesses are available to order

Step 3 Remove cover from the unit and set cover amp cover screws aside

Step 4 Mount unit to door frame Select A or B below

A Concealed Wired Units Only

B Surface Wired Units Only

(Continue to next page)

Connect conduit to frame side of backplate Fasten unit to door frame (seven screws)

Fasten unit to door frame (seven screws) Mount conduit bracket (found in screw pack) to unitrsquos backplate with two screws provided Connect wiring conduit to bracket

1A Installation Sequence

LeftHandDoor

RightHandDoor

2rdquo (51mm)Min Frame

FaceFrame Reveal

Do

or

6rdquo (152mm)Min CeilingClearance

1-34rdquo (44mm) Min2-14rdquo (57mm) Max

Door Thickness

Please verify desired mounting requires Hinge (Pull) Side

application as shown on this template

Page 4

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

1A Installation Sequence ContinuedStep 5 Mount track assembly to door using 3 14-20 screws amp sex nuts

with buffer assembly toward hinge Open part of track to face top of door

Step 6 Insert slide arm rod into slide arm tube setting the distance between the pinion square and the slide stud at 13-12rdquo (343) Install 964rdquo hex drive socket head screw from screw pack (See illustration below)

Step 7 Using an adjustable wrench rotate pinion 45deg toward hinge as shown below With the arm assembly parallel to the door secure arm to pinion when square of the pinion aligns with the square in the arm Secure with countersunk washer and 14-20 Flat Head Screw (with thread lock) provided Tighten screw with 716rdquo wrench or socket

Step 9to

increase door closing power Door control is shipped set at midpoint of power setting Maximum closing power can be achieved with 8 (360deg) clockwise turns of the power adjustment screw

Step 8 Insert arm stud into slide block in track assembly Secure by pushing in on the retainer clip that extends from the slide block in the track until it is flush with the slide block (see illustration below)

Adjust closing power of unit (See Fig 1) - Using a 18rdquo allen wrench turn the power adjustment shaft clockwise

Step 10 Adjust Hydraulic valves using a 18rdquo hex wrench to obtain proper door closing speeds See following illustrations Refer to Table 1 below for recommended minimum opening closing times per ANSIBHMA A15619

Note ADA requires that from an open position of 70deg the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3rdquo (75mm) from the latched position measured at the leading edge of the door

Closing Cycle ndash Make adjustments as necessary to the Sweep Speed S valve and Latch Speed L valve See Fig 2 below for location of valves Turn valves clockwise to reduce speed counter clockwise to increase speed

Opening Cycle ndash Adjust Backcheck B valve as necessary for hydraulic resistance to door opening in the backcheck range See illustration in Fig 2 for location of valve

NOTE Too much Backcheck B valve can affect the operation of the units pump preventing units from fully opening the door This valve may require fine tuning after all other adjustments have been made

2

1Attaching Arm Stud to Slide

Retainer Clip

18HexKey

SlowerClosing

FasterClosingClosing Cycle

Closed

10deg

egnaR hctaL

egnaR peewS

18HexKey

IncreaseCushion

DecreaseCushion

Sweep Valve

Latch Valve

BackcheckValve

Figure 2

Power Adjustment

18HexKey

IncreasePower

DecreasePower Figure 1

Opening Cycle

Backcheckgninep

O

13-12(343)

Note Center threaded hole of slider arm should align with seventh hole of the slider tube Stud in slider arm should point to same side as holes in slider tube (see illustration on Page 3)

RHDoor

LHDoor

RotatePinion

Pinion Flats

1A Installation Sequence ContinuedTable 1 - Minimum Opening Closing Times for ANSIBHMA A15619Door Weight in Pounds (kg)Door Leaf

Width -Inches (mm)

Matrix values are in seconds

Backcheck - adjust the backcheck valve to have a minimum opening time to backcheck or 80 degrees (whichever comes first) based on Table 1

Closing Time - adjust Latch and Sweep valves to have a minimum closing time from 90 degrees to Latch Check or 10 degrees (whichever comes first) based on Table 1

Page 5

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Door OpeningAngle

Dim ldquoArdquo Dim ldquoBrdquo

Up to 110deg

111deg to 170deg

12 (305)

9-12 (241) 13-14 (337)

15-34 (400)

Notesbull All dimensions are given in inches (mm)bull Thickness recommended for reinforcements in

hollow metal doors and frames is charted at the left of this page

bull Do not scale drawingbull Left hand door shownbull This template information based upon use of 5

(127mm) maximum width butt hinges or 34 (19mm) offset pivots A separate template will be supplied for other conditions

bull Maximum frame reveal is 7rdquo (178mm) for this application

bull Conduit hole nearest to hinge is suggested for 120 VAC power input

1-1116(43)

1-14(32)

1116(175)

1-34(44)

12-1516(329)

7-916(192)

13-716(341)

38(10)

CL Hinge or Pivot

14-20 Machine Screwsor No 14 Wood Screws

(6 Places)

78(22)

(Conduit Holes - 2 Places)

Dia

FrameRabbet

FrameStopSoffit

A

13-1316(351)

12(13)

B

5-14rdquoMin

Clearance

11-1116(297)

38(19)

14-316(360)

13-1316(351)

Left Hand Dooropen to 110deg shown

58(159)

Stop

Sex Nuts(2 Places)

2 Stop (Push) Side Mounting Instructions

2A Installation Sequence

LeftHandDoor

RightHandDoor

1-12rdquo (38mm)Min Frame Face

Frame Reveal

Do

or

5-14rdquo (133mm)Min CeilingClearance

1-34rdquo (44mm) Min2-14rdquo (57mm) Max

Door ThicknessFor frame reveals less than 3 (76mm) the arm adjusting rod can be field cut to a length of 9-12 (241mm) measured from centerline of connecting link bushing assembly Note Door must be visible by person operating activation switch(es)

Step 1 Determine hand of door from illustration on upper right of this page

Step 2 Using template above locate and prepare holes in the frame amp door

FrameA Prepare six (6) holes for 14-20 machine screws or No 14 x 2-34

(70mm) wood screws Blind rivet nuts (by others) are suggested for unreinforced hollow metal frames or for aluminum frames

B Concealed Wired Units Only Two (2) 78 (22mm) diameter holes for conduit for power input and for switchsensor wires

NOTE On new construction these holes will generally be drilled by the frame supplier at their shop or at the time the frame is installed in the wall

DoorC Prepare two (2) holes for 38 diameter sex nuts Standard units

are supplied with sex nuts and screws for 1-34 (44mm) thick door Sex nuts and screws for other door thicknesses are available to order

Step 3 Remove cover from the unit and set cover amp cover screws aside

Step 4 Mount unit to door frame Select A or B below

A Concealed Wired Units Only

B Surface Wired Units Only

Connect conduit to frame side of backplate Fasten unit to door frame (six screws)

Fasten unit to door frame (six screws) Mount conduit bracket (found in screw pack) to unit backplate with two screws provided Connect wiring conduit to bracket

Please verify desired mounting requires Stop (Push) Side

application as shown on this template

Page 6

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

2A Installation Sequence Continued

Step 5 Install main arm onto pinion shaft of unit at a 90deg angle to the door frame Align arm mark ldquoSrdquo with the flat corner of the pinion shaft square (See Fig 3 below)

Step 6 Secure main arm to pinion with 14-20 Flange Head Screw provided Tighten screw with 716 wrench or socket

Step 9to

increase door closing power Door control is shipped set at midpoint of power setting Maximum closing power can be achieved with 8 (360deg) clockwise turns of the power adjustment screw

Step 7 Mount arm shoe to door using 2 14-20 screws amp sex nuts provided with screw pack

Step 8 PRELOAD ARM (See Fig 4 below) Remove 14-20 hex head screw on adjusting rod and insert adjusting rod into arm slide Reinstall 14-20 screw and leave loose Rotate main arm in direction away from the hinge edge until the adjusting rod and arm slide are perpendicular (at a 90deg angle) to the door frame Tighten the 14-20 hex head screw on the adjusting rod to secure arm in this new position

Adjust closing power of unit (See Fig 5) - Using a 18rdquo allen wrench turn the power adjustment shaft clockwise

Step 10 Adjust Hydraulic valves using a 18rdquo hex wrench to obtain proper door closing speeds See following illustrations Refer to Table 1 on page 5 for recommended minimum opening closing times per ANSIBHMA A15619

Note ADA requires that from an open position of 70deg the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3rdquo (75mm) from the latched position measured at the leading edge of the door

Step 11 Make wiring connections using Wiring Instructions on Page below and on Page 8

Closing Cycle ndash Make adjustments as necessary to the Sweep Speed S valve and Latch Speed L valve See Fig 6 below for location of valves Turn valves clockwise to reduce speed counter clockwise to increase speed

Opening Cycle ndash Adjust Backcheck B valve as necessary for hydraulic resistance to door opening in the backcheck range See illustration at bottom of this page for location of valve

NOTE Too much Backcheck B valve can affect the operation of the units pump preventing units from fully opening the door This valve may require fine tuning after all other adjustments have been made

R

LYS

Z

Arm Mark Pinion Flat

Figure 3

AdjustingRod

ArmSlide

DoorShoe

MainArm

Figure 4Adjusting

Rod

ArmSlide

DoorShoe

MainArm

PowerAdjustment

18HexKey

IncreasePower

DecreasePower

Figure 5

18HexKey

SlowerClosing

FasterClosing Closing Cycle

Closed

10deg

egnaR hctaL

egnaR peewS

18HexKey

IncreaseCushion

DecreaseCushion

Opening Cycle

Backcheckgninep

O

Sweep ValveLatch Valve

BackcheckValve

Figure 8

Page 7

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Low VoltageControlWiring

IncomingPower

Optional Bracket(for surface wiring)

GroundLead

PowerLeads

GroundScrew(Green)

CableClamps Conduit

by Others(from top)

ldquoT1rdquo PowerInputTerminal

24

23

22

25

HOT

COM

Breaker Switch

T1 TerminalBlock

4 Final Electrical and Mechanical SetupA Confirm all mechanical adjustments have been made

and wiring connected per Page 7 and 8B Turn on facilityrsquos main circuit breakerC Turn power to unit on at the Unit Power Switch and

turn the Breaker Switch to ldquoRESETrdquo

D Using a short jumper cable jump terminals 1 and 2 see Fig 2 below to activate unit When door reaches 20deg switch Breaker Switch to ldquoOFFrdquo position cutting power to the unit Allow door to fully close (door may be manually pulled closed)

1234

1234

Figure 2

3 Input Power ConfigurationsCONCEALED WIRING SURFACE WIRING

Ground Wire Connection ndash Ground wire must be secured to backplate under head of (green) ground screw

Terminal Description

HOT

25

23

24

22

COM Common power lead

Hot power lead

Circuit Breaker

Switch

Circuit Breaker

Common connection to Circuit Breaker Inverter

Thread conduit fitting(s) into backplate as shown A second conduit fitting is required for low voltage control wiring CHECK LOCAL CODES Pull conduit out of header and attach to conduit fittings before mounting Secure operator to door frame Attach incoming ground wire to backplate with ground screw as illustrated in ldquoSurface Wiringrdquo illustration to the Right

Thread conduit fitting(s) into backplate as shown A second conduit fitting is required for low voltage control wiring CHECK LOCAL CODES Pull conduit out of header and attach to conduit fittings before mounting Secure operator to door frame Attach incoming ground wire to backplate with ground screw as illustrated below

Breaker Switch

Unit Power Switch

Page 8

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

4 Final Electrical and Mechanical Setup ContinuedE Adjust Closing Position Magnet (See Fig 3) - With

door in the closed position use finger to slide Closed Position Magnet so it aligns directly with the Reed Switch

F Adjust Open Position Magnet - Use fingers to slide

F cont Open Position Magnet 180deg from Open Position Magnet

G Flip Breaker Switch to ldquoRESETrdquo to turn power on Jump terminals 1 and 2 (as shown in Fig 2) to activate door Note open position of the door Allow door to close

H Use finger to readjust the Open Position Magnet to desired door open position

I Repeat Step G to verify door open position J Make all connections necessary for any accessories to

the 4-position Accessory Terminal (see Pages 10-11)K Make necessary adjustments to inverter (see Page 9)

Replace cover and cover screws

Reed Switch

Closed Position Magnet

Open PositionMagnet

Position Ring

Figure 3

Inverter Adjustmentsmiddot Based on function

adjustment desired use table above to determine which POT is to be adjusted

POT FUNCTIONDESCRIPTION

OBSTR SENS Obstruction Detection on Open CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

MDLY Motor Delay on Opening CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

P1 Closing Speed CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

HO TM Hold Open Time (5 - 30 Seconds) CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

P2 Opening Speed CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

HO TQMotor Torque at Hold Open Position

CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

ON

12

WARNING

120 HIGH VOLT POTENTIAL PRESENT MAKE SURE POWER IS TURNED OFF DURING

INSTALLATION PROCEDURE

Dip Switch Settings

1 Door Mounting -

2 Push Recognition -

ON - pullOFF - pushON - activeOFF - inactive

WARNINGElectric

Shock Risk

(Adjustments made in the shaded area should be performed by

Authorized Factory Personnel)

L2115Y

L1 115230VAC IN

MOTOR OUT

L2230Y

U

V

W

STATUS LEDS

HO TQHO TM

OBSTRSENS

P1

MDLY P2

16

COM

SNS

COM

PB

K1

K2

11

JMP503

NC

NO

TB501

PU

LL P

US

HSW501

ON

12

Inverter Details

Page 9

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Standard Function with Switches

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Notes1Power input to Door

Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

Wall Switch CardReader Key Switchetc

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4Door 1 Door 2

Operationbull bull Activating either switch will

open both doors Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsed

Doors are normally closed

Wall Switch CardReader Key Switchetc

Normally Open Momentary dry contacts

Normally Open Momentary dry contacts

Radio Frequency Function Option

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

Optional Door 2

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

Door 1

Notes1Power input to Door Operator

Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2 Radio Frequency Feature can be purchased as a separate kit

Operationbull

closedbull Activating wireless

switch or hand held wireless transmitter will open the door

bull Door will close after hold open delay elapses

Door is normally

120VAC

GroundC

OM

HO

TL N(AC) -V +V ADJ

+

11A 24V Power Supply12-24 VA

CD

CC

OM

NO

NC

Troubleshooting

Jump activation input

Change the setting of the ONOFF switch

Flip Door Mounting Dip Switch to other direction

Remove object

Re-time and re-install arm

Increase spring tension per preceding instructions

Remove object

Fault Possible reasons why RemediesExplanations

The door does not open- The motor does not start

Control switch is set to OFF position

Electrical power is missing the electrical Check power switch

Activation unit does not function- The motor starts Motor is driving in wrong direction

Something jammed beneath the door

Arm has come loose

The door does not close Spring tension too lowArm has come loose Re-time and re-install arm

Something jammed beneath the door

Circuit breaker is set to OFF position Reset circuit breaker to the ON position

Page 10

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Fail Secure Fail Safe Electric Strike Wiring

120VACSupplied byOthers- +

DC or ACOutput

AC

or

DC

Ele

ctric

Str

ike+

-

Wall Switch CardReader Key SwitchetcNormally Open Momentary dry contacts

Notes1Power input to Door Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo

Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2Unitrsquos Relay Rating for strike interface 30VDC 1A or 125VAC 5A

Operationbull bull Activating switch will unlock the electric strike

and the door will automatically open Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsed

bull For Fail Secure Strike - The door will remain locked during power failure

bull For Fail Safe Strike - The door will remain unlocked during power failure

Door is normally closed and latched

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

JMP503

NC

NO

Jumper SettingsPlace jumper to upper position for normally closed operation or to lower position for normally open operation

Fail Safe Electromagnetic Lock 24VDC Wiring

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Wall Switch CardReader Key SwitchetcNormally Open Momentary dry contacts

+-24VDC Electromagnetic Lock(Fail Safe)

Operationbull bull Activating switch will cut power to mag lock and the door will automatically

open Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsedbull The door will unlock during power failure

Door is normally closed and latched

Notes1Power input to Door Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo

Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2Unitrsquos Relay Rating 30VDC 1A or 125VAC 5A

Jumper SettingsPlace jumper to upper position for normally closed operation or to lower position for normally open operation

JMP503

NC

NO

120VAC

GroundC

OM

HO

T

L N(AC) -V +V ADJ+

Optional 11A 24V Power Supply

Page 11

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Page 12

Troubleshooting

Red LEDBlue LED

Antenna Wire

Learnwo DelayButton

DelayPotentiometer(Time Adjustment)

Learn wDelay Button

DIP Switch

TerminalStrip

Problem The LED on my receiver is just flickering and Irsquom unable to program andor it wonrsquot workSolution You have a push plate stuck or faulty transmitter Disconnect each push plate until the LED goes out If LED

does not go out remove each transmitter battery until it does Replace the appropriate transmitterProblem Receiver intermittently doesnrsquot receive the transmitter(s) signal

Solution You may extend the receiver antenna wire only in multiples of 6-34rdquo (171) ie 675 x 4 = 27rdquo (686) of extended antenna wire

Removing Transmitter Code(s)

Single Transmitter CodeŸ Press both Delay and No Delay Buttons simultaneously until Red LED flashes once (approximately 1 second)Ÿ Press transmitter button twice within 10 seconds and the transmitter code will be deleted

All Transmitter CodesŸ Press and hold both Delay and No Delay Buttons simultaneously until Blue LED illuminates then release (approximately 10

seconds)

Push Plate Configuration

1 Before beginning it is easiest to have already prepared the installation of the push plate2 Connect the wires from the transmitter to the NO and COM contacts of the push platersquos switch3 Follow Steps 1 - 4 (Hand-Held Configuration) depress the push plate to activate the transmitter4 Attach the transmitter to the inside of the electrical box and complete the installation

Hand-Held Configuration

1 Set dip switches to the receiver to the desired activation cycle (dip switch 1 - Toggle or Pulse and dip switch 2 - 05s or 10s hold

2 Press either Learn w Delay Button or Learn wo Delay Button on the receiver depending on the activation requirements (if delay learn is selected adjust potentiometer to counterclockwise limit 0 second delay) Red LED on receiver will flash After learn cycle is complete adjust potentiometer to desired delay time (0 - 30 sec)

3 Depress transmitter button repeatedly until Blue LED on the receiver illuminates (indicating reception of signal from transmitter) NOTE Repeat Steps 2 - 3 to program additional transmitters

4 To test the system depress transmitter button (Red LED on Transmitter will illuminate) and observe that the Blue LED illuminates on the receiver This indicates that the relay has been activated

433MHz Receiver Userrsquos Guide

2OFFON

Description05s Hold Time10s Hold Time

FunctionRelay will remain active 05 sec after loss of activationRelay will remain active 10 sec after loss of activation

1OFF

ON

DescriptionPulse Relay

Toggle Relay

FunctionPress the transmitter once and the relay will be active momentarilyPress the transmitter once and the relay output is active indefinitely press it again and the relay will de-energize indefinitely

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0sIn Toggle Setting (1-ON) the Hold Time is inactive Either setting for 2 dip switch will

have the same result

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s

05 second Pulse Setting

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s

10 second Pulse Setting

ŸAlways stop pedestrian traffic through the doorway when performing tests that may result in unexpected reactions by the door

ŸEnsure compliance with all applicable safety standards upon completion of installation

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

This PageLeft Blank

Page 13

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Hinge (Pull) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Right hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

o

per

atin

g a

ctiv

atio

n s

wit

ch(e

s)

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

80deg

15-1

2 (

394)

13-1

4 (

337)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull T

hick

ness

rec

omm

ende

d fo

r re

info

rcem

ents

in h

ollo

w

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

on

Pag

e 2

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull R

ight

han

d do

or s

how

nbull

Thi

s te

mpl

ate

info

rmat

ion

base

d up

on u

se o

f 5

(127

mm

) m

axim

um w

idth

but

t hin

ges

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e is

req

uire

d fo

r ot

her

cond

ition

sbull

Max

imum

fram

e re

veal

is 6

-78

rdquo (17

5mm

) fo

r th

is

appl

icat

ion

bull C

ondu

it ho

le n

eare

st th

e hi

nge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

F

ram

e Fa

ce

1-1

8rdquo(2

9)

1-1

4(3

2)1-

716

(37)

11(2

79)

22(5

59)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

1-1

8(2

9)

C LH

inge

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)7

8 (2

3) D

ia

(2 P

lace

s)

38

Dia

S

ex N

uts

(3 P

lace

s)

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

3(7

6)

13-1

316

(350

)

12

(13)

A

11-1

116

(297

)

6rdquo

(152

mm

)M

in

Cle

aran

ce

14-3

16

(360

)

12-1

516

(329

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Rig

ht

Han

d D

oo

ro

pen

ing

to

110

deg sh

ow

n

58

(15

9)S

top

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

6rdquo (

152m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

ax

Do

or T

hic

knes

s

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Hin

ge

(Pu

ll) S

ide

app

licat

ion

as

sho

wn

on

th

is

tem

pla

te

Page 14

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Stop (Push) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Left hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Dim

ldquoB

rdquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

70deg

12 (

305)

9-1

2 (2

41)

13-1

4 (

337)

15-3

4 (

400)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull Thi

ckne

ss r

ecom

men

ded

for

rein

forc

emen

ts in

ho

llow

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

at t

he

left

of th

is p

age

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull Le

ft ha

nd d

oor

show

nbull T

his

tem

plat

e in

form

atio

n ba

sed

upon

use

of 5

(1

27m

m)

max

imum

wid

th b

utt h

inge

s or

34

(1

9mm

) of

fset

piv

ots

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e w

ill

be s

uppl

ied

for

othe

r co

nditi

ons

bull M

axim

um fr

ame

reve

al is

7rdquo (

178m

m)

for

this

ap

plic

atio

nbull

Con

duit

hole

nea

rest

to h

inge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

1-11

16

(43)

1-1

4(3

2)11

16

(17

5)

1-3

4(4

4)

12-1

516

(329

)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

38

(10)

C LH

inge

or

Piv

ot

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)

78

(22)

(Con

duit

Hol

es -

2

Pla

ces)

Dia

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

A13-1

316

(351

)

12

(13)

B

5-1

4rdquoM

in

Cle

aran

ce

11-1

116

(297

)

38

(19)

14-3

16

(360

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Lef

t H

and

Do

or

op

en t

o 1

10deg

sho

wn

58

(15

9)S

top

Sex

Nu

ts(2

Pla

ces)

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

1-1

2rdquo (

38m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

5-1

4rdquo (

133m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

axD

oo

r Th

ickn

ess

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

op

erat

ing

act

ivat

ion

sw

itch

(es)

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Sto

p (

Pu

sh)

Sid

e ap

plic

atio

n a

s sh

ow

n o

n t

his

te

mp

late

Page 15

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

3000 Highway 74 East bull Monroe NC 28112Tel (800)-438-1951 x4706 bull Fax (800)-338-0965

wwwnor tondoorcontrolscom

ASSA ABLOY

This PageLeft Blank

Page 16

ASSA ABLOY

Page 4: ASSA ABLOY - E.D. Locks & Security | Commercial ... · backplate reed switch chain open / close positioning magnets “t1” power input terminal (3-position) accessory terminal (4-position)

Note Door must be visible by person operating activation switch(es)

Door OpeningAngle

Dim ldquoArdquo

Up to 110deg

111deg to 180deg

15-12 (394)

13-14 (337)

Notesbull All dimensions are given in inches (mm)bull Thickness recommended for reinforcements in hollow

metal doors and frames is charted on Page 2bull Do not scale drawingbull Right hand door shownbull This template information based upon use of 5

(127mm) maximum width butt hinges A separate template is required for other conditions

bull Maximum frame reveal is 6-78rdquo (175mm) for this application

bull Conduit hole nearest the hinge is suggested for 120 VAC power input

2rdquo (51mm) Min

Frame Face

1-18rdquo(29)

1-14(32)

1-716(37)

11(279)

22(559)

7-916(192)

13-716(341)

1-18(29)

CL Hinge

14-20 Machine Screwsor No 14 Wood Screws

(6 Places)78 (23) Dia(2 Places)

38 DiaSex Nuts(3 Places)

FrameRabbet

FrameStopSoffit

3(76)

13-1316(350)

12(13)

A

11-1116(297)

6rdquo (152mm)

MinClearance

14-316(360)

12-1516(329)

13-1316(351)

Right Hand Dooropening to 110deg shown

58(159)

Stop

1 Hinge (Pull) Side Mounting Instructions

Step 1 Determine hand of door from illustration on upper right of this page

Step 2 Using template above locate and prepare holes in the frame amp door

FrameA Prepare six (6) holes for 14-20 machine screws or

No 14 x 2-34 (70mm) wood screws Blind rivet nuts (by others) are suggested for unreinforced hollow metal frames or for aluminum frames

B Concealed Wired Units Only Two (2) 78 (22mm) diameter holes for conduit for power input and for switchsensor wires

NOTE On new construction these holes will generally be drilled by the frame supplier at their shop or at the time the frame is installed in the wall

DoorC Prepare three (3) holes for 38 diameter sex nuts Standard units

are supplied with sex nuts and screws for 1-34 (44mm) thick door Sex nuts and screws for other door thicknesses are available to order

Step 3 Remove cover from the unit and set cover amp cover screws aside

Step 4 Mount unit to door frame Select A or B below

A Concealed Wired Units Only

B Surface Wired Units Only

(Continue to next page)

Connect conduit to frame side of backplate Fasten unit to door frame (seven screws)

Fasten unit to door frame (seven screws) Mount conduit bracket (found in screw pack) to unitrsquos backplate with two screws provided Connect wiring conduit to bracket

1A Installation Sequence

LeftHandDoor

RightHandDoor

2rdquo (51mm)Min Frame

FaceFrame Reveal

Do

or

6rdquo (152mm)Min CeilingClearance

1-34rdquo (44mm) Min2-14rdquo (57mm) Max

Door Thickness

Please verify desired mounting requires Hinge (Pull) Side

application as shown on this template

Page 4

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

1A Installation Sequence ContinuedStep 5 Mount track assembly to door using 3 14-20 screws amp sex nuts

with buffer assembly toward hinge Open part of track to face top of door

Step 6 Insert slide arm rod into slide arm tube setting the distance between the pinion square and the slide stud at 13-12rdquo (343) Install 964rdquo hex drive socket head screw from screw pack (See illustration below)

Step 7 Using an adjustable wrench rotate pinion 45deg toward hinge as shown below With the arm assembly parallel to the door secure arm to pinion when square of the pinion aligns with the square in the arm Secure with countersunk washer and 14-20 Flat Head Screw (with thread lock) provided Tighten screw with 716rdquo wrench or socket

Step 9to

increase door closing power Door control is shipped set at midpoint of power setting Maximum closing power can be achieved with 8 (360deg) clockwise turns of the power adjustment screw

Step 8 Insert arm stud into slide block in track assembly Secure by pushing in on the retainer clip that extends from the slide block in the track until it is flush with the slide block (see illustration below)

Adjust closing power of unit (See Fig 1) - Using a 18rdquo allen wrench turn the power adjustment shaft clockwise

Step 10 Adjust Hydraulic valves using a 18rdquo hex wrench to obtain proper door closing speeds See following illustrations Refer to Table 1 below for recommended minimum opening closing times per ANSIBHMA A15619

Note ADA requires that from an open position of 70deg the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3rdquo (75mm) from the latched position measured at the leading edge of the door

Closing Cycle ndash Make adjustments as necessary to the Sweep Speed S valve and Latch Speed L valve See Fig 2 below for location of valves Turn valves clockwise to reduce speed counter clockwise to increase speed

Opening Cycle ndash Adjust Backcheck B valve as necessary for hydraulic resistance to door opening in the backcheck range See illustration in Fig 2 for location of valve

NOTE Too much Backcheck B valve can affect the operation of the units pump preventing units from fully opening the door This valve may require fine tuning after all other adjustments have been made

2

1Attaching Arm Stud to Slide

Retainer Clip

18HexKey

SlowerClosing

FasterClosingClosing Cycle

Closed

10deg

egnaR hctaL

egnaR peewS

18HexKey

IncreaseCushion

DecreaseCushion

Sweep Valve

Latch Valve

BackcheckValve

Figure 2

Power Adjustment

18HexKey

IncreasePower

DecreasePower Figure 1

Opening Cycle

Backcheckgninep

O

13-12(343)

Note Center threaded hole of slider arm should align with seventh hole of the slider tube Stud in slider arm should point to same side as holes in slider tube (see illustration on Page 3)

RHDoor

LHDoor

RotatePinion

Pinion Flats

1A Installation Sequence ContinuedTable 1 - Minimum Opening Closing Times for ANSIBHMA A15619Door Weight in Pounds (kg)Door Leaf

Width -Inches (mm)

Matrix values are in seconds

Backcheck - adjust the backcheck valve to have a minimum opening time to backcheck or 80 degrees (whichever comes first) based on Table 1

Closing Time - adjust Latch and Sweep valves to have a minimum closing time from 90 degrees to Latch Check or 10 degrees (whichever comes first) based on Table 1

Page 5

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Door OpeningAngle

Dim ldquoArdquo Dim ldquoBrdquo

Up to 110deg

111deg to 170deg

12 (305)

9-12 (241) 13-14 (337)

15-34 (400)

Notesbull All dimensions are given in inches (mm)bull Thickness recommended for reinforcements in

hollow metal doors and frames is charted at the left of this page

bull Do not scale drawingbull Left hand door shownbull This template information based upon use of 5

(127mm) maximum width butt hinges or 34 (19mm) offset pivots A separate template will be supplied for other conditions

bull Maximum frame reveal is 7rdquo (178mm) for this application

bull Conduit hole nearest to hinge is suggested for 120 VAC power input

1-1116(43)

1-14(32)

1116(175)

1-34(44)

12-1516(329)

7-916(192)

13-716(341)

38(10)

CL Hinge or Pivot

14-20 Machine Screwsor No 14 Wood Screws

(6 Places)

78(22)

(Conduit Holes - 2 Places)

Dia

FrameRabbet

FrameStopSoffit

A

13-1316(351)

12(13)

B

5-14rdquoMin

Clearance

11-1116(297)

38(19)

14-316(360)

13-1316(351)

Left Hand Dooropen to 110deg shown

58(159)

Stop

Sex Nuts(2 Places)

2 Stop (Push) Side Mounting Instructions

2A Installation Sequence

LeftHandDoor

RightHandDoor

1-12rdquo (38mm)Min Frame Face

Frame Reveal

Do

or

5-14rdquo (133mm)Min CeilingClearance

1-34rdquo (44mm) Min2-14rdquo (57mm) Max

Door ThicknessFor frame reveals less than 3 (76mm) the arm adjusting rod can be field cut to a length of 9-12 (241mm) measured from centerline of connecting link bushing assembly Note Door must be visible by person operating activation switch(es)

Step 1 Determine hand of door from illustration on upper right of this page

Step 2 Using template above locate and prepare holes in the frame amp door

FrameA Prepare six (6) holes for 14-20 machine screws or No 14 x 2-34

(70mm) wood screws Blind rivet nuts (by others) are suggested for unreinforced hollow metal frames or for aluminum frames

B Concealed Wired Units Only Two (2) 78 (22mm) diameter holes for conduit for power input and for switchsensor wires

NOTE On new construction these holes will generally be drilled by the frame supplier at their shop or at the time the frame is installed in the wall

DoorC Prepare two (2) holes for 38 diameter sex nuts Standard units

are supplied with sex nuts and screws for 1-34 (44mm) thick door Sex nuts and screws for other door thicknesses are available to order

Step 3 Remove cover from the unit and set cover amp cover screws aside

Step 4 Mount unit to door frame Select A or B below

A Concealed Wired Units Only

B Surface Wired Units Only

Connect conduit to frame side of backplate Fasten unit to door frame (six screws)

Fasten unit to door frame (six screws) Mount conduit bracket (found in screw pack) to unit backplate with two screws provided Connect wiring conduit to bracket

Please verify desired mounting requires Stop (Push) Side

application as shown on this template

Page 6

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

2A Installation Sequence Continued

Step 5 Install main arm onto pinion shaft of unit at a 90deg angle to the door frame Align arm mark ldquoSrdquo with the flat corner of the pinion shaft square (See Fig 3 below)

Step 6 Secure main arm to pinion with 14-20 Flange Head Screw provided Tighten screw with 716 wrench or socket

Step 9to

increase door closing power Door control is shipped set at midpoint of power setting Maximum closing power can be achieved with 8 (360deg) clockwise turns of the power adjustment screw

Step 7 Mount arm shoe to door using 2 14-20 screws amp sex nuts provided with screw pack

Step 8 PRELOAD ARM (See Fig 4 below) Remove 14-20 hex head screw on adjusting rod and insert adjusting rod into arm slide Reinstall 14-20 screw and leave loose Rotate main arm in direction away from the hinge edge until the adjusting rod and arm slide are perpendicular (at a 90deg angle) to the door frame Tighten the 14-20 hex head screw on the adjusting rod to secure arm in this new position

Adjust closing power of unit (See Fig 5) - Using a 18rdquo allen wrench turn the power adjustment shaft clockwise

Step 10 Adjust Hydraulic valves using a 18rdquo hex wrench to obtain proper door closing speeds See following illustrations Refer to Table 1 on page 5 for recommended minimum opening closing times per ANSIBHMA A15619

Note ADA requires that from an open position of 70deg the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3rdquo (75mm) from the latched position measured at the leading edge of the door

Step 11 Make wiring connections using Wiring Instructions on Page below and on Page 8

Closing Cycle ndash Make adjustments as necessary to the Sweep Speed S valve and Latch Speed L valve See Fig 6 below for location of valves Turn valves clockwise to reduce speed counter clockwise to increase speed

Opening Cycle ndash Adjust Backcheck B valve as necessary for hydraulic resistance to door opening in the backcheck range See illustration at bottom of this page for location of valve

NOTE Too much Backcheck B valve can affect the operation of the units pump preventing units from fully opening the door This valve may require fine tuning after all other adjustments have been made

R

LYS

Z

Arm Mark Pinion Flat

Figure 3

AdjustingRod

ArmSlide

DoorShoe

MainArm

Figure 4Adjusting

Rod

ArmSlide

DoorShoe

MainArm

PowerAdjustment

18HexKey

IncreasePower

DecreasePower

Figure 5

18HexKey

SlowerClosing

FasterClosing Closing Cycle

Closed

10deg

egnaR hctaL

egnaR peewS

18HexKey

IncreaseCushion

DecreaseCushion

Opening Cycle

Backcheckgninep

O

Sweep ValveLatch Valve

BackcheckValve

Figure 8

Page 7

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Low VoltageControlWiring

IncomingPower

Optional Bracket(for surface wiring)

GroundLead

PowerLeads

GroundScrew(Green)

CableClamps Conduit

by Others(from top)

ldquoT1rdquo PowerInputTerminal

24

23

22

25

HOT

COM

Breaker Switch

T1 TerminalBlock

4 Final Electrical and Mechanical SetupA Confirm all mechanical adjustments have been made

and wiring connected per Page 7 and 8B Turn on facilityrsquos main circuit breakerC Turn power to unit on at the Unit Power Switch and

turn the Breaker Switch to ldquoRESETrdquo

D Using a short jumper cable jump terminals 1 and 2 see Fig 2 below to activate unit When door reaches 20deg switch Breaker Switch to ldquoOFFrdquo position cutting power to the unit Allow door to fully close (door may be manually pulled closed)

1234

1234

Figure 2

3 Input Power ConfigurationsCONCEALED WIRING SURFACE WIRING

Ground Wire Connection ndash Ground wire must be secured to backplate under head of (green) ground screw

Terminal Description

HOT

25

23

24

22

COM Common power lead

Hot power lead

Circuit Breaker

Switch

Circuit Breaker

Common connection to Circuit Breaker Inverter

Thread conduit fitting(s) into backplate as shown A second conduit fitting is required for low voltage control wiring CHECK LOCAL CODES Pull conduit out of header and attach to conduit fittings before mounting Secure operator to door frame Attach incoming ground wire to backplate with ground screw as illustrated in ldquoSurface Wiringrdquo illustration to the Right

Thread conduit fitting(s) into backplate as shown A second conduit fitting is required for low voltage control wiring CHECK LOCAL CODES Pull conduit out of header and attach to conduit fittings before mounting Secure operator to door frame Attach incoming ground wire to backplate with ground screw as illustrated below

Breaker Switch

Unit Power Switch

Page 8

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

4 Final Electrical and Mechanical Setup ContinuedE Adjust Closing Position Magnet (See Fig 3) - With

door in the closed position use finger to slide Closed Position Magnet so it aligns directly with the Reed Switch

F Adjust Open Position Magnet - Use fingers to slide

F cont Open Position Magnet 180deg from Open Position Magnet

G Flip Breaker Switch to ldquoRESETrdquo to turn power on Jump terminals 1 and 2 (as shown in Fig 2) to activate door Note open position of the door Allow door to close

H Use finger to readjust the Open Position Magnet to desired door open position

I Repeat Step G to verify door open position J Make all connections necessary for any accessories to

the 4-position Accessory Terminal (see Pages 10-11)K Make necessary adjustments to inverter (see Page 9)

Replace cover and cover screws

Reed Switch

Closed Position Magnet

Open PositionMagnet

Position Ring

Figure 3

Inverter Adjustmentsmiddot Based on function

adjustment desired use table above to determine which POT is to be adjusted

POT FUNCTIONDESCRIPTION

OBSTR SENS Obstruction Detection on Open CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

MDLY Motor Delay on Opening CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

P1 Closing Speed CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

HO TM Hold Open Time (5 - 30 Seconds) CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

P2 Opening Speed CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

HO TQMotor Torque at Hold Open Position

CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

ON

12

WARNING

120 HIGH VOLT POTENTIAL PRESENT MAKE SURE POWER IS TURNED OFF DURING

INSTALLATION PROCEDURE

Dip Switch Settings

1 Door Mounting -

2 Push Recognition -

ON - pullOFF - pushON - activeOFF - inactive

WARNINGElectric

Shock Risk

(Adjustments made in the shaded area should be performed by

Authorized Factory Personnel)

L2115Y

L1 115230VAC IN

MOTOR OUT

L2230Y

U

V

W

STATUS LEDS

HO TQHO TM

OBSTRSENS

P1

MDLY P2

16

COM

SNS

COM

PB

K1

K2

11

JMP503

NC

NO

TB501

PU

LL P

US

HSW501

ON

12

Inverter Details

Page 9

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Standard Function with Switches

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Notes1Power input to Door

Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

Wall Switch CardReader Key Switchetc

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4Door 1 Door 2

Operationbull bull Activating either switch will

open both doors Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsed

Doors are normally closed

Wall Switch CardReader Key Switchetc

Normally Open Momentary dry contacts

Normally Open Momentary dry contacts

Radio Frequency Function Option

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

Optional Door 2

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

Door 1

Notes1Power input to Door Operator

Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2 Radio Frequency Feature can be purchased as a separate kit

Operationbull

closedbull Activating wireless

switch or hand held wireless transmitter will open the door

bull Door will close after hold open delay elapses

Door is normally

120VAC

GroundC

OM

HO

TL N(AC) -V +V ADJ

+

11A 24V Power Supply12-24 VA

CD

CC

OM

NO

NC

Troubleshooting

Jump activation input

Change the setting of the ONOFF switch

Flip Door Mounting Dip Switch to other direction

Remove object

Re-time and re-install arm

Increase spring tension per preceding instructions

Remove object

Fault Possible reasons why RemediesExplanations

The door does not open- The motor does not start

Control switch is set to OFF position

Electrical power is missing the electrical Check power switch

Activation unit does not function- The motor starts Motor is driving in wrong direction

Something jammed beneath the door

Arm has come loose

The door does not close Spring tension too lowArm has come loose Re-time and re-install arm

Something jammed beneath the door

Circuit breaker is set to OFF position Reset circuit breaker to the ON position

Page 10

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Fail Secure Fail Safe Electric Strike Wiring

120VACSupplied byOthers- +

DC or ACOutput

AC

or

DC

Ele

ctric

Str

ike+

-

Wall Switch CardReader Key SwitchetcNormally Open Momentary dry contacts

Notes1Power input to Door Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo

Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2Unitrsquos Relay Rating for strike interface 30VDC 1A or 125VAC 5A

Operationbull bull Activating switch will unlock the electric strike

and the door will automatically open Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsed

bull For Fail Secure Strike - The door will remain locked during power failure

bull For Fail Safe Strike - The door will remain unlocked during power failure

Door is normally closed and latched

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

JMP503

NC

NO

Jumper SettingsPlace jumper to upper position for normally closed operation or to lower position for normally open operation

Fail Safe Electromagnetic Lock 24VDC Wiring

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Wall Switch CardReader Key SwitchetcNormally Open Momentary dry contacts

+-24VDC Electromagnetic Lock(Fail Safe)

Operationbull bull Activating switch will cut power to mag lock and the door will automatically

open Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsedbull The door will unlock during power failure

Door is normally closed and latched

Notes1Power input to Door Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo

Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2Unitrsquos Relay Rating 30VDC 1A or 125VAC 5A

Jumper SettingsPlace jumper to upper position for normally closed operation or to lower position for normally open operation

JMP503

NC

NO

120VAC

GroundC

OM

HO

T

L N(AC) -V +V ADJ+

Optional 11A 24V Power Supply

Page 11

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Page 12

Troubleshooting

Red LEDBlue LED

Antenna Wire

Learnwo DelayButton

DelayPotentiometer(Time Adjustment)

Learn wDelay Button

DIP Switch

TerminalStrip

Problem The LED on my receiver is just flickering and Irsquom unable to program andor it wonrsquot workSolution You have a push plate stuck or faulty transmitter Disconnect each push plate until the LED goes out If LED

does not go out remove each transmitter battery until it does Replace the appropriate transmitterProblem Receiver intermittently doesnrsquot receive the transmitter(s) signal

Solution You may extend the receiver antenna wire only in multiples of 6-34rdquo (171) ie 675 x 4 = 27rdquo (686) of extended antenna wire

Removing Transmitter Code(s)

Single Transmitter CodeŸ Press both Delay and No Delay Buttons simultaneously until Red LED flashes once (approximately 1 second)Ÿ Press transmitter button twice within 10 seconds and the transmitter code will be deleted

All Transmitter CodesŸ Press and hold both Delay and No Delay Buttons simultaneously until Blue LED illuminates then release (approximately 10

seconds)

Push Plate Configuration

1 Before beginning it is easiest to have already prepared the installation of the push plate2 Connect the wires from the transmitter to the NO and COM contacts of the push platersquos switch3 Follow Steps 1 - 4 (Hand-Held Configuration) depress the push plate to activate the transmitter4 Attach the transmitter to the inside of the electrical box and complete the installation

Hand-Held Configuration

1 Set dip switches to the receiver to the desired activation cycle (dip switch 1 - Toggle or Pulse and dip switch 2 - 05s or 10s hold

2 Press either Learn w Delay Button or Learn wo Delay Button on the receiver depending on the activation requirements (if delay learn is selected adjust potentiometer to counterclockwise limit 0 second delay) Red LED on receiver will flash After learn cycle is complete adjust potentiometer to desired delay time (0 - 30 sec)

3 Depress transmitter button repeatedly until Blue LED on the receiver illuminates (indicating reception of signal from transmitter) NOTE Repeat Steps 2 - 3 to program additional transmitters

4 To test the system depress transmitter button (Red LED on Transmitter will illuminate) and observe that the Blue LED illuminates on the receiver This indicates that the relay has been activated

433MHz Receiver Userrsquos Guide

2OFFON

Description05s Hold Time10s Hold Time

FunctionRelay will remain active 05 sec after loss of activationRelay will remain active 10 sec after loss of activation

1OFF

ON

DescriptionPulse Relay

Toggle Relay

FunctionPress the transmitter once and the relay will be active momentarilyPress the transmitter once and the relay output is active indefinitely press it again and the relay will de-energize indefinitely

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0sIn Toggle Setting (1-ON) the Hold Time is inactive Either setting for 2 dip switch will

have the same result

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s

05 second Pulse Setting

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s

10 second Pulse Setting

ŸAlways stop pedestrian traffic through the doorway when performing tests that may result in unexpected reactions by the door

ŸEnsure compliance with all applicable safety standards upon completion of installation

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

This PageLeft Blank

Page 13

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Hinge (Pull) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Right hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

o

per

atin

g a

ctiv

atio

n s

wit

ch(e

s)

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

80deg

15-1

2 (

394)

13-1

4 (

337)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull T

hick

ness

rec

omm

ende

d fo

r re

info

rcem

ents

in h

ollo

w

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

on

Pag

e 2

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull R

ight

han

d do

or s

how

nbull

Thi

s te

mpl

ate

info

rmat

ion

base

d up

on u

se o

f 5

(127

mm

) m

axim

um w

idth

but

t hin

ges

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e is

req

uire

d fo

r ot

her

cond

ition

sbull

Max

imum

fram

e re

veal

is 6

-78

rdquo (17

5mm

) fo

r th

is

appl

icat

ion

bull C

ondu

it ho

le n

eare

st th

e hi

nge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

F

ram

e Fa

ce

1-1

8rdquo(2

9)

1-1

4(3

2)1-

716

(37)

11(2

79)

22(5

59)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

1-1

8(2

9)

C LH

inge

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)7

8 (2

3) D

ia

(2 P

lace

s)

38

Dia

S

ex N

uts

(3 P

lace

s)

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

3(7

6)

13-1

316

(350

)

12

(13)

A

11-1

116

(297

)

6rdquo

(152

mm

)M

in

Cle

aran

ce

14-3

16

(360

)

12-1

516

(329

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Rig

ht

Han

d D

oo

ro

pen

ing

to

110

deg sh

ow

n

58

(15

9)S

top

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

6rdquo (

152m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

ax

Do

or T

hic

knes

s

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Hin

ge

(Pu

ll) S

ide

app

licat

ion

as

sho

wn

on

th

is

tem

pla

te

Page 14

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Stop (Push) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Left hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Dim

ldquoB

rdquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

70deg

12 (

305)

9-1

2 (2

41)

13-1

4 (

337)

15-3

4 (

400)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull Thi

ckne

ss r

ecom

men

ded

for

rein

forc

emen

ts in

ho

llow

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

at t

he

left

of th

is p

age

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull Le

ft ha

nd d

oor

show

nbull T

his

tem

plat

e in

form

atio

n ba

sed

upon

use

of 5

(1

27m

m)

max

imum

wid

th b

utt h

inge

s or

34

(1

9mm

) of

fset

piv

ots

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e w

ill

be s

uppl

ied

for

othe

r co

nditi

ons

bull M

axim

um fr

ame

reve

al is

7rdquo (

178m

m)

for

this

ap

plic

atio

nbull

Con

duit

hole

nea

rest

to h

inge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

1-11

16

(43)

1-1

4(3

2)11

16

(17

5)

1-3

4(4

4)

12-1

516

(329

)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

38

(10)

C LH

inge

or

Piv

ot

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)

78

(22)

(Con

duit

Hol

es -

2

Pla

ces)

Dia

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

A13-1

316

(351

)

12

(13)

B

5-1

4rdquoM

in

Cle

aran

ce

11-1

116

(297

)

38

(19)

14-3

16

(360

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Lef

t H

and

Do

or

op

en t

o 1

10deg

sho

wn

58

(15

9)S

top

Sex

Nu

ts(2

Pla

ces)

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

1-1

2rdquo (

38m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

5-1

4rdquo (

133m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

axD

oo

r Th

ickn

ess

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

op

erat

ing

act

ivat

ion

sw

itch

(es)

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Sto

p (

Pu

sh)

Sid

e ap

plic

atio

n a

s sh

ow

n o

n t

his

te

mp

late

Page 15

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

3000 Highway 74 East bull Monroe NC 28112Tel (800)-438-1951 x4706 bull Fax (800)-338-0965

wwwnor tondoorcontrolscom

ASSA ABLOY

This PageLeft Blank

Page 16

ASSA ABLOY

Page 5: ASSA ABLOY - E.D. Locks & Security | Commercial ... · backplate reed switch chain open / close positioning magnets “t1” power input terminal (3-position) accessory terminal (4-position)

1A Installation Sequence ContinuedStep 5 Mount track assembly to door using 3 14-20 screws amp sex nuts

with buffer assembly toward hinge Open part of track to face top of door

Step 6 Insert slide arm rod into slide arm tube setting the distance between the pinion square and the slide stud at 13-12rdquo (343) Install 964rdquo hex drive socket head screw from screw pack (See illustration below)

Step 7 Using an adjustable wrench rotate pinion 45deg toward hinge as shown below With the arm assembly parallel to the door secure arm to pinion when square of the pinion aligns with the square in the arm Secure with countersunk washer and 14-20 Flat Head Screw (with thread lock) provided Tighten screw with 716rdquo wrench or socket

Step 9to

increase door closing power Door control is shipped set at midpoint of power setting Maximum closing power can be achieved with 8 (360deg) clockwise turns of the power adjustment screw

Step 8 Insert arm stud into slide block in track assembly Secure by pushing in on the retainer clip that extends from the slide block in the track until it is flush with the slide block (see illustration below)

Adjust closing power of unit (See Fig 1) - Using a 18rdquo allen wrench turn the power adjustment shaft clockwise

Step 10 Adjust Hydraulic valves using a 18rdquo hex wrench to obtain proper door closing speeds See following illustrations Refer to Table 1 below for recommended minimum opening closing times per ANSIBHMA A15619

Note ADA requires that from an open position of 70deg the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3rdquo (75mm) from the latched position measured at the leading edge of the door

Closing Cycle ndash Make adjustments as necessary to the Sweep Speed S valve and Latch Speed L valve See Fig 2 below for location of valves Turn valves clockwise to reduce speed counter clockwise to increase speed

Opening Cycle ndash Adjust Backcheck B valve as necessary for hydraulic resistance to door opening in the backcheck range See illustration in Fig 2 for location of valve

NOTE Too much Backcheck B valve can affect the operation of the units pump preventing units from fully opening the door This valve may require fine tuning after all other adjustments have been made

2

1Attaching Arm Stud to Slide

Retainer Clip

18HexKey

SlowerClosing

FasterClosingClosing Cycle

Closed

10deg

egnaR hctaL

egnaR peewS

18HexKey

IncreaseCushion

DecreaseCushion

Sweep Valve

Latch Valve

BackcheckValve

Figure 2

Power Adjustment

18HexKey

IncreasePower

DecreasePower Figure 1

Opening Cycle

Backcheckgninep

O

13-12(343)

Note Center threaded hole of slider arm should align with seventh hole of the slider tube Stud in slider arm should point to same side as holes in slider tube (see illustration on Page 3)

RHDoor

LHDoor

RotatePinion

Pinion Flats

1A Installation Sequence ContinuedTable 1 - Minimum Opening Closing Times for ANSIBHMA A15619Door Weight in Pounds (kg)Door Leaf

Width -Inches (mm)

Matrix values are in seconds

Backcheck - adjust the backcheck valve to have a minimum opening time to backcheck or 80 degrees (whichever comes first) based on Table 1

Closing Time - adjust Latch and Sweep valves to have a minimum closing time from 90 degrees to Latch Check or 10 degrees (whichever comes first) based on Table 1

Page 5

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Door OpeningAngle

Dim ldquoArdquo Dim ldquoBrdquo

Up to 110deg

111deg to 170deg

12 (305)

9-12 (241) 13-14 (337)

15-34 (400)

Notesbull All dimensions are given in inches (mm)bull Thickness recommended for reinforcements in

hollow metal doors and frames is charted at the left of this page

bull Do not scale drawingbull Left hand door shownbull This template information based upon use of 5

(127mm) maximum width butt hinges or 34 (19mm) offset pivots A separate template will be supplied for other conditions

bull Maximum frame reveal is 7rdquo (178mm) for this application

bull Conduit hole nearest to hinge is suggested for 120 VAC power input

1-1116(43)

1-14(32)

1116(175)

1-34(44)

12-1516(329)

7-916(192)

13-716(341)

38(10)

CL Hinge or Pivot

14-20 Machine Screwsor No 14 Wood Screws

(6 Places)

78(22)

(Conduit Holes - 2 Places)

Dia

FrameRabbet

FrameStopSoffit

A

13-1316(351)

12(13)

B

5-14rdquoMin

Clearance

11-1116(297)

38(19)

14-316(360)

13-1316(351)

Left Hand Dooropen to 110deg shown

58(159)

Stop

Sex Nuts(2 Places)

2 Stop (Push) Side Mounting Instructions

2A Installation Sequence

LeftHandDoor

RightHandDoor

1-12rdquo (38mm)Min Frame Face

Frame Reveal

Do

or

5-14rdquo (133mm)Min CeilingClearance

1-34rdquo (44mm) Min2-14rdquo (57mm) Max

Door ThicknessFor frame reveals less than 3 (76mm) the arm adjusting rod can be field cut to a length of 9-12 (241mm) measured from centerline of connecting link bushing assembly Note Door must be visible by person operating activation switch(es)

Step 1 Determine hand of door from illustration on upper right of this page

Step 2 Using template above locate and prepare holes in the frame amp door

FrameA Prepare six (6) holes for 14-20 machine screws or No 14 x 2-34

(70mm) wood screws Blind rivet nuts (by others) are suggested for unreinforced hollow metal frames or for aluminum frames

B Concealed Wired Units Only Two (2) 78 (22mm) diameter holes for conduit for power input and for switchsensor wires

NOTE On new construction these holes will generally be drilled by the frame supplier at their shop or at the time the frame is installed in the wall

DoorC Prepare two (2) holes for 38 diameter sex nuts Standard units

are supplied with sex nuts and screws for 1-34 (44mm) thick door Sex nuts and screws for other door thicknesses are available to order

Step 3 Remove cover from the unit and set cover amp cover screws aside

Step 4 Mount unit to door frame Select A or B below

A Concealed Wired Units Only

B Surface Wired Units Only

Connect conduit to frame side of backplate Fasten unit to door frame (six screws)

Fasten unit to door frame (six screws) Mount conduit bracket (found in screw pack) to unit backplate with two screws provided Connect wiring conduit to bracket

Please verify desired mounting requires Stop (Push) Side

application as shown on this template

Page 6

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

2A Installation Sequence Continued

Step 5 Install main arm onto pinion shaft of unit at a 90deg angle to the door frame Align arm mark ldquoSrdquo with the flat corner of the pinion shaft square (See Fig 3 below)

Step 6 Secure main arm to pinion with 14-20 Flange Head Screw provided Tighten screw with 716 wrench or socket

Step 9to

increase door closing power Door control is shipped set at midpoint of power setting Maximum closing power can be achieved with 8 (360deg) clockwise turns of the power adjustment screw

Step 7 Mount arm shoe to door using 2 14-20 screws amp sex nuts provided with screw pack

Step 8 PRELOAD ARM (See Fig 4 below) Remove 14-20 hex head screw on adjusting rod and insert adjusting rod into arm slide Reinstall 14-20 screw and leave loose Rotate main arm in direction away from the hinge edge until the adjusting rod and arm slide are perpendicular (at a 90deg angle) to the door frame Tighten the 14-20 hex head screw on the adjusting rod to secure arm in this new position

Adjust closing power of unit (See Fig 5) - Using a 18rdquo allen wrench turn the power adjustment shaft clockwise

Step 10 Adjust Hydraulic valves using a 18rdquo hex wrench to obtain proper door closing speeds See following illustrations Refer to Table 1 on page 5 for recommended minimum opening closing times per ANSIBHMA A15619

Note ADA requires that from an open position of 70deg the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3rdquo (75mm) from the latched position measured at the leading edge of the door

Step 11 Make wiring connections using Wiring Instructions on Page below and on Page 8

Closing Cycle ndash Make adjustments as necessary to the Sweep Speed S valve and Latch Speed L valve See Fig 6 below for location of valves Turn valves clockwise to reduce speed counter clockwise to increase speed

Opening Cycle ndash Adjust Backcheck B valve as necessary for hydraulic resistance to door opening in the backcheck range See illustration at bottom of this page for location of valve

NOTE Too much Backcheck B valve can affect the operation of the units pump preventing units from fully opening the door This valve may require fine tuning after all other adjustments have been made

R

LYS

Z

Arm Mark Pinion Flat

Figure 3

AdjustingRod

ArmSlide

DoorShoe

MainArm

Figure 4Adjusting

Rod

ArmSlide

DoorShoe

MainArm

PowerAdjustment

18HexKey

IncreasePower

DecreasePower

Figure 5

18HexKey

SlowerClosing

FasterClosing Closing Cycle

Closed

10deg

egnaR hctaL

egnaR peewS

18HexKey

IncreaseCushion

DecreaseCushion

Opening Cycle

Backcheckgninep

O

Sweep ValveLatch Valve

BackcheckValve

Figure 8

Page 7

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Low VoltageControlWiring

IncomingPower

Optional Bracket(for surface wiring)

GroundLead

PowerLeads

GroundScrew(Green)

CableClamps Conduit

by Others(from top)

ldquoT1rdquo PowerInputTerminal

24

23

22

25

HOT

COM

Breaker Switch

T1 TerminalBlock

4 Final Electrical and Mechanical SetupA Confirm all mechanical adjustments have been made

and wiring connected per Page 7 and 8B Turn on facilityrsquos main circuit breakerC Turn power to unit on at the Unit Power Switch and

turn the Breaker Switch to ldquoRESETrdquo

D Using a short jumper cable jump terminals 1 and 2 see Fig 2 below to activate unit When door reaches 20deg switch Breaker Switch to ldquoOFFrdquo position cutting power to the unit Allow door to fully close (door may be manually pulled closed)

1234

1234

Figure 2

3 Input Power ConfigurationsCONCEALED WIRING SURFACE WIRING

Ground Wire Connection ndash Ground wire must be secured to backplate under head of (green) ground screw

Terminal Description

HOT

25

23

24

22

COM Common power lead

Hot power lead

Circuit Breaker

Switch

Circuit Breaker

Common connection to Circuit Breaker Inverter

Thread conduit fitting(s) into backplate as shown A second conduit fitting is required for low voltage control wiring CHECK LOCAL CODES Pull conduit out of header and attach to conduit fittings before mounting Secure operator to door frame Attach incoming ground wire to backplate with ground screw as illustrated in ldquoSurface Wiringrdquo illustration to the Right

Thread conduit fitting(s) into backplate as shown A second conduit fitting is required for low voltage control wiring CHECK LOCAL CODES Pull conduit out of header and attach to conduit fittings before mounting Secure operator to door frame Attach incoming ground wire to backplate with ground screw as illustrated below

Breaker Switch

Unit Power Switch

Page 8

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

4 Final Electrical and Mechanical Setup ContinuedE Adjust Closing Position Magnet (See Fig 3) - With

door in the closed position use finger to slide Closed Position Magnet so it aligns directly with the Reed Switch

F Adjust Open Position Magnet - Use fingers to slide

F cont Open Position Magnet 180deg from Open Position Magnet

G Flip Breaker Switch to ldquoRESETrdquo to turn power on Jump terminals 1 and 2 (as shown in Fig 2) to activate door Note open position of the door Allow door to close

H Use finger to readjust the Open Position Magnet to desired door open position

I Repeat Step G to verify door open position J Make all connections necessary for any accessories to

the 4-position Accessory Terminal (see Pages 10-11)K Make necessary adjustments to inverter (see Page 9)

Replace cover and cover screws

Reed Switch

Closed Position Magnet

Open PositionMagnet

Position Ring

Figure 3

Inverter Adjustmentsmiddot Based on function

adjustment desired use table above to determine which POT is to be adjusted

POT FUNCTIONDESCRIPTION

OBSTR SENS Obstruction Detection on Open CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

MDLY Motor Delay on Opening CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

P1 Closing Speed CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

HO TM Hold Open Time (5 - 30 Seconds) CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

P2 Opening Speed CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

HO TQMotor Torque at Hold Open Position

CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

ON

12

WARNING

120 HIGH VOLT POTENTIAL PRESENT MAKE SURE POWER IS TURNED OFF DURING

INSTALLATION PROCEDURE

Dip Switch Settings

1 Door Mounting -

2 Push Recognition -

ON - pullOFF - pushON - activeOFF - inactive

WARNINGElectric

Shock Risk

(Adjustments made in the shaded area should be performed by

Authorized Factory Personnel)

L2115Y

L1 115230VAC IN

MOTOR OUT

L2230Y

U

V

W

STATUS LEDS

HO TQHO TM

OBSTRSENS

P1

MDLY P2

16

COM

SNS

COM

PB

K1

K2

11

JMP503

NC

NO

TB501

PU

LL P

US

HSW501

ON

12

Inverter Details

Page 9

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Standard Function with Switches

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Notes1Power input to Door

Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

Wall Switch CardReader Key Switchetc

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4Door 1 Door 2

Operationbull bull Activating either switch will

open both doors Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsed

Doors are normally closed

Wall Switch CardReader Key Switchetc

Normally Open Momentary dry contacts

Normally Open Momentary dry contacts

Radio Frequency Function Option

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

Optional Door 2

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

Door 1

Notes1Power input to Door Operator

Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2 Radio Frequency Feature can be purchased as a separate kit

Operationbull

closedbull Activating wireless

switch or hand held wireless transmitter will open the door

bull Door will close after hold open delay elapses

Door is normally

120VAC

GroundC

OM

HO

TL N(AC) -V +V ADJ

+

11A 24V Power Supply12-24 VA

CD

CC

OM

NO

NC

Troubleshooting

Jump activation input

Change the setting of the ONOFF switch

Flip Door Mounting Dip Switch to other direction

Remove object

Re-time and re-install arm

Increase spring tension per preceding instructions

Remove object

Fault Possible reasons why RemediesExplanations

The door does not open- The motor does not start

Control switch is set to OFF position

Electrical power is missing the electrical Check power switch

Activation unit does not function- The motor starts Motor is driving in wrong direction

Something jammed beneath the door

Arm has come loose

The door does not close Spring tension too lowArm has come loose Re-time and re-install arm

Something jammed beneath the door

Circuit breaker is set to OFF position Reset circuit breaker to the ON position

Page 10

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Fail Secure Fail Safe Electric Strike Wiring

120VACSupplied byOthers- +

DC or ACOutput

AC

or

DC

Ele

ctric

Str

ike+

-

Wall Switch CardReader Key SwitchetcNormally Open Momentary dry contacts

Notes1Power input to Door Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo

Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2Unitrsquos Relay Rating for strike interface 30VDC 1A or 125VAC 5A

Operationbull bull Activating switch will unlock the electric strike

and the door will automatically open Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsed

bull For Fail Secure Strike - The door will remain locked during power failure

bull For Fail Safe Strike - The door will remain unlocked during power failure

Door is normally closed and latched

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

JMP503

NC

NO

Jumper SettingsPlace jumper to upper position for normally closed operation or to lower position for normally open operation

Fail Safe Electromagnetic Lock 24VDC Wiring

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Wall Switch CardReader Key SwitchetcNormally Open Momentary dry contacts

+-24VDC Electromagnetic Lock(Fail Safe)

Operationbull bull Activating switch will cut power to mag lock and the door will automatically

open Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsedbull The door will unlock during power failure

Door is normally closed and latched

Notes1Power input to Door Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo

Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2Unitrsquos Relay Rating 30VDC 1A or 125VAC 5A

Jumper SettingsPlace jumper to upper position for normally closed operation or to lower position for normally open operation

JMP503

NC

NO

120VAC

GroundC

OM

HO

T

L N(AC) -V +V ADJ+

Optional 11A 24V Power Supply

Page 11

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Page 12

Troubleshooting

Red LEDBlue LED

Antenna Wire

Learnwo DelayButton

DelayPotentiometer(Time Adjustment)

Learn wDelay Button

DIP Switch

TerminalStrip

Problem The LED on my receiver is just flickering and Irsquom unable to program andor it wonrsquot workSolution You have a push plate stuck or faulty transmitter Disconnect each push plate until the LED goes out If LED

does not go out remove each transmitter battery until it does Replace the appropriate transmitterProblem Receiver intermittently doesnrsquot receive the transmitter(s) signal

Solution You may extend the receiver antenna wire only in multiples of 6-34rdquo (171) ie 675 x 4 = 27rdquo (686) of extended antenna wire

Removing Transmitter Code(s)

Single Transmitter CodeŸ Press both Delay and No Delay Buttons simultaneously until Red LED flashes once (approximately 1 second)Ÿ Press transmitter button twice within 10 seconds and the transmitter code will be deleted

All Transmitter CodesŸ Press and hold both Delay and No Delay Buttons simultaneously until Blue LED illuminates then release (approximately 10

seconds)

Push Plate Configuration

1 Before beginning it is easiest to have already prepared the installation of the push plate2 Connect the wires from the transmitter to the NO and COM contacts of the push platersquos switch3 Follow Steps 1 - 4 (Hand-Held Configuration) depress the push plate to activate the transmitter4 Attach the transmitter to the inside of the electrical box and complete the installation

Hand-Held Configuration

1 Set dip switches to the receiver to the desired activation cycle (dip switch 1 - Toggle or Pulse and dip switch 2 - 05s or 10s hold

2 Press either Learn w Delay Button or Learn wo Delay Button on the receiver depending on the activation requirements (if delay learn is selected adjust potentiometer to counterclockwise limit 0 second delay) Red LED on receiver will flash After learn cycle is complete adjust potentiometer to desired delay time (0 - 30 sec)

3 Depress transmitter button repeatedly until Blue LED on the receiver illuminates (indicating reception of signal from transmitter) NOTE Repeat Steps 2 - 3 to program additional transmitters

4 To test the system depress transmitter button (Red LED on Transmitter will illuminate) and observe that the Blue LED illuminates on the receiver This indicates that the relay has been activated

433MHz Receiver Userrsquos Guide

2OFFON

Description05s Hold Time10s Hold Time

FunctionRelay will remain active 05 sec after loss of activationRelay will remain active 10 sec after loss of activation

1OFF

ON

DescriptionPulse Relay

Toggle Relay

FunctionPress the transmitter once and the relay will be active momentarilyPress the transmitter once and the relay output is active indefinitely press it again and the relay will de-energize indefinitely

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0sIn Toggle Setting (1-ON) the Hold Time is inactive Either setting for 2 dip switch will

have the same result

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s

05 second Pulse Setting

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s

10 second Pulse Setting

ŸAlways stop pedestrian traffic through the doorway when performing tests that may result in unexpected reactions by the door

ŸEnsure compliance with all applicable safety standards upon completion of installation

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

This PageLeft Blank

Page 13

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Hinge (Pull) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Right hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

o

per

atin

g a

ctiv

atio

n s

wit

ch(e

s)

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

80deg

15-1

2 (

394)

13-1

4 (

337)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull T

hick

ness

rec

omm

ende

d fo

r re

info

rcem

ents

in h

ollo

w

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

on

Pag

e 2

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull R

ight

han

d do

or s

how

nbull

Thi

s te

mpl

ate

info

rmat

ion

base

d up

on u

se o

f 5

(127

mm

) m

axim

um w

idth

but

t hin

ges

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e is

req

uire

d fo

r ot

her

cond

ition

sbull

Max

imum

fram

e re

veal

is 6

-78

rdquo (17

5mm

) fo

r th

is

appl

icat

ion

bull C

ondu

it ho

le n

eare

st th

e hi

nge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

F

ram

e Fa

ce

1-1

8rdquo(2

9)

1-1

4(3

2)1-

716

(37)

11(2

79)

22(5

59)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

1-1

8(2

9)

C LH

inge

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)7

8 (2

3) D

ia

(2 P

lace

s)

38

Dia

S

ex N

uts

(3 P

lace

s)

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

3(7

6)

13-1

316

(350

)

12

(13)

A

11-1

116

(297

)

6rdquo

(152

mm

)M

in

Cle

aran

ce

14-3

16

(360

)

12-1

516

(329

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Rig

ht

Han

d D

oo

ro

pen

ing

to

110

deg sh

ow

n

58

(15

9)S

top

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

6rdquo (

152m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

ax

Do

or T

hic

knes

s

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Hin

ge

(Pu

ll) S

ide

app

licat

ion

as

sho

wn

on

th

is

tem

pla

te

Page 14

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Stop (Push) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Left hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Dim

ldquoB

rdquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

70deg

12 (

305)

9-1

2 (2

41)

13-1

4 (

337)

15-3

4 (

400)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull Thi

ckne

ss r

ecom

men

ded

for

rein

forc

emen

ts in

ho

llow

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

at t

he

left

of th

is p

age

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull Le

ft ha

nd d

oor

show

nbull T

his

tem

plat

e in

form

atio

n ba

sed

upon

use

of 5

(1

27m

m)

max

imum

wid

th b

utt h

inge

s or

34

(1

9mm

) of

fset

piv

ots

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e w

ill

be s

uppl

ied

for

othe

r co

nditi

ons

bull M

axim

um fr

ame

reve

al is

7rdquo (

178m

m)

for

this

ap

plic

atio

nbull

Con

duit

hole

nea

rest

to h

inge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

1-11

16

(43)

1-1

4(3

2)11

16

(17

5)

1-3

4(4

4)

12-1

516

(329

)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

38

(10)

C LH

inge

or

Piv

ot

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)

78

(22)

(Con

duit

Hol

es -

2

Pla

ces)

Dia

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

A13-1

316

(351

)

12

(13)

B

5-1

4rdquoM

in

Cle

aran

ce

11-1

116

(297

)

38

(19)

14-3

16

(360

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Lef

t H

and

Do

or

op

en t

o 1

10deg

sho

wn

58

(15

9)S

top

Sex

Nu

ts(2

Pla

ces)

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

1-1

2rdquo (

38m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

5-1

4rdquo (

133m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

axD

oo

r Th

ickn

ess

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

op

erat

ing

act

ivat

ion

sw

itch

(es)

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Sto

p (

Pu

sh)

Sid

e ap

plic

atio

n a

s sh

ow

n o

n t

his

te

mp

late

Page 15

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

3000 Highway 74 East bull Monroe NC 28112Tel (800)-438-1951 x4706 bull Fax (800)-338-0965

wwwnor tondoorcontrolscom

ASSA ABLOY

This PageLeft Blank

Page 16

ASSA ABLOY

Page 6: ASSA ABLOY - E.D. Locks & Security | Commercial ... · backplate reed switch chain open / close positioning magnets “t1” power input terminal (3-position) accessory terminal (4-position)

Door OpeningAngle

Dim ldquoArdquo Dim ldquoBrdquo

Up to 110deg

111deg to 170deg

12 (305)

9-12 (241) 13-14 (337)

15-34 (400)

Notesbull All dimensions are given in inches (mm)bull Thickness recommended for reinforcements in

hollow metal doors and frames is charted at the left of this page

bull Do not scale drawingbull Left hand door shownbull This template information based upon use of 5

(127mm) maximum width butt hinges or 34 (19mm) offset pivots A separate template will be supplied for other conditions

bull Maximum frame reveal is 7rdquo (178mm) for this application

bull Conduit hole nearest to hinge is suggested for 120 VAC power input

1-1116(43)

1-14(32)

1116(175)

1-34(44)

12-1516(329)

7-916(192)

13-716(341)

38(10)

CL Hinge or Pivot

14-20 Machine Screwsor No 14 Wood Screws

(6 Places)

78(22)

(Conduit Holes - 2 Places)

Dia

FrameRabbet

FrameStopSoffit

A

13-1316(351)

12(13)

B

5-14rdquoMin

Clearance

11-1116(297)

38(19)

14-316(360)

13-1316(351)

Left Hand Dooropen to 110deg shown

58(159)

Stop

Sex Nuts(2 Places)

2 Stop (Push) Side Mounting Instructions

2A Installation Sequence

LeftHandDoor

RightHandDoor

1-12rdquo (38mm)Min Frame Face

Frame Reveal

Do

or

5-14rdquo (133mm)Min CeilingClearance

1-34rdquo (44mm) Min2-14rdquo (57mm) Max

Door ThicknessFor frame reveals less than 3 (76mm) the arm adjusting rod can be field cut to a length of 9-12 (241mm) measured from centerline of connecting link bushing assembly Note Door must be visible by person operating activation switch(es)

Step 1 Determine hand of door from illustration on upper right of this page

Step 2 Using template above locate and prepare holes in the frame amp door

FrameA Prepare six (6) holes for 14-20 machine screws or No 14 x 2-34

(70mm) wood screws Blind rivet nuts (by others) are suggested for unreinforced hollow metal frames or for aluminum frames

B Concealed Wired Units Only Two (2) 78 (22mm) diameter holes for conduit for power input and for switchsensor wires

NOTE On new construction these holes will generally be drilled by the frame supplier at their shop or at the time the frame is installed in the wall

DoorC Prepare two (2) holes for 38 diameter sex nuts Standard units

are supplied with sex nuts and screws for 1-34 (44mm) thick door Sex nuts and screws for other door thicknesses are available to order

Step 3 Remove cover from the unit and set cover amp cover screws aside

Step 4 Mount unit to door frame Select A or B below

A Concealed Wired Units Only

B Surface Wired Units Only

Connect conduit to frame side of backplate Fasten unit to door frame (six screws)

Fasten unit to door frame (six screws) Mount conduit bracket (found in screw pack) to unit backplate with two screws provided Connect wiring conduit to bracket

Please verify desired mounting requires Stop (Push) Side

application as shown on this template

Page 6

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

2A Installation Sequence Continued

Step 5 Install main arm onto pinion shaft of unit at a 90deg angle to the door frame Align arm mark ldquoSrdquo with the flat corner of the pinion shaft square (See Fig 3 below)

Step 6 Secure main arm to pinion with 14-20 Flange Head Screw provided Tighten screw with 716 wrench or socket

Step 9to

increase door closing power Door control is shipped set at midpoint of power setting Maximum closing power can be achieved with 8 (360deg) clockwise turns of the power adjustment screw

Step 7 Mount arm shoe to door using 2 14-20 screws amp sex nuts provided with screw pack

Step 8 PRELOAD ARM (See Fig 4 below) Remove 14-20 hex head screw on adjusting rod and insert adjusting rod into arm slide Reinstall 14-20 screw and leave loose Rotate main arm in direction away from the hinge edge until the adjusting rod and arm slide are perpendicular (at a 90deg angle) to the door frame Tighten the 14-20 hex head screw on the adjusting rod to secure arm in this new position

Adjust closing power of unit (See Fig 5) - Using a 18rdquo allen wrench turn the power adjustment shaft clockwise

Step 10 Adjust Hydraulic valves using a 18rdquo hex wrench to obtain proper door closing speeds See following illustrations Refer to Table 1 on page 5 for recommended minimum opening closing times per ANSIBHMA A15619

Note ADA requires that from an open position of 70deg the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3rdquo (75mm) from the latched position measured at the leading edge of the door

Step 11 Make wiring connections using Wiring Instructions on Page below and on Page 8

Closing Cycle ndash Make adjustments as necessary to the Sweep Speed S valve and Latch Speed L valve See Fig 6 below for location of valves Turn valves clockwise to reduce speed counter clockwise to increase speed

Opening Cycle ndash Adjust Backcheck B valve as necessary for hydraulic resistance to door opening in the backcheck range See illustration at bottom of this page for location of valve

NOTE Too much Backcheck B valve can affect the operation of the units pump preventing units from fully opening the door This valve may require fine tuning after all other adjustments have been made

R

LYS

Z

Arm Mark Pinion Flat

Figure 3

AdjustingRod

ArmSlide

DoorShoe

MainArm

Figure 4Adjusting

Rod

ArmSlide

DoorShoe

MainArm

PowerAdjustment

18HexKey

IncreasePower

DecreasePower

Figure 5

18HexKey

SlowerClosing

FasterClosing Closing Cycle

Closed

10deg

egnaR hctaL

egnaR peewS

18HexKey

IncreaseCushion

DecreaseCushion

Opening Cycle

Backcheckgninep

O

Sweep ValveLatch Valve

BackcheckValve

Figure 8

Page 7

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Low VoltageControlWiring

IncomingPower

Optional Bracket(for surface wiring)

GroundLead

PowerLeads

GroundScrew(Green)

CableClamps Conduit

by Others(from top)

ldquoT1rdquo PowerInputTerminal

24

23

22

25

HOT

COM

Breaker Switch

T1 TerminalBlock

4 Final Electrical and Mechanical SetupA Confirm all mechanical adjustments have been made

and wiring connected per Page 7 and 8B Turn on facilityrsquos main circuit breakerC Turn power to unit on at the Unit Power Switch and

turn the Breaker Switch to ldquoRESETrdquo

D Using a short jumper cable jump terminals 1 and 2 see Fig 2 below to activate unit When door reaches 20deg switch Breaker Switch to ldquoOFFrdquo position cutting power to the unit Allow door to fully close (door may be manually pulled closed)

1234

1234

Figure 2

3 Input Power ConfigurationsCONCEALED WIRING SURFACE WIRING

Ground Wire Connection ndash Ground wire must be secured to backplate under head of (green) ground screw

Terminal Description

HOT

25

23

24

22

COM Common power lead

Hot power lead

Circuit Breaker

Switch

Circuit Breaker

Common connection to Circuit Breaker Inverter

Thread conduit fitting(s) into backplate as shown A second conduit fitting is required for low voltage control wiring CHECK LOCAL CODES Pull conduit out of header and attach to conduit fittings before mounting Secure operator to door frame Attach incoming ground wire to backplate with ground screw as illustrated in ldquoSurface Wiringrdquo illustration to the Right

Thread conduit fitting(s) into backplate as shown A second conduit fitting is required for low voltage control wiring CHECK LOCAL CODES Pull conduit out of header and attach to conduit fittings before mounting Secure operator to door frame Attach incoming ground wire to backplate with ground screw as illustrated below

Breaker Switch

Unit Power Switch

Page 8

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

4 Final Electrical and Mechanical Setup ContinuedE Adjust Closing Position Magnet (See Fig 3) - With

door in the closed position use finger to slide Closed Position Magnet so it aligns directly with the Reed Switch

F Adjust Open Position Magnet - Use fingers to slide

F cont Open Position Magnet 180deg from Open Position Magnet

G Flip Breaker Switch to ldquoRESETrdquo to turn power on Jump terminals 1 and 2 (as shown in Fig 2) to activate door Note open position of the door Allow door to close

H Use finger to readjust the Open Position Magnet to desired door open position

I Repeat Step G to verify door open position J Make all connections necessary for any accessories to

the 4-position Accessory Terminal (see Pages 10-11)K Make necessary adjustments to inverter (see Page 9)

Replace cover and cover screws

Reed Switch

Closed Position Magnet

Open PositionMagnet

Position Ring

Figure 3

Inverter Adjustmentsmiddot Based on function

adjustment desired use table above to determine which POT is to be adjusted

POT FUNCTIONDESCRIPTION

OBSTR SENS Obstruction Detection on Open CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

MDLY Motor Delay on Opening CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

P1 Closing Speed CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

HO TM Hold Open Time (5 - 30 Seconds) CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

P2 Opening Speed CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

HO TQMotor Torque at Hold Open Position

CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

ON

12

WARNING

120 HIGH VOLT POTENTIAL PRESENT MAKE SURE POWER IS TURNED OFF DURING

INSTALLATION PROCEDURE

Dip Switch Settings

1 Door Mounting -

2 Push Recognition -

ON - pullOFF - pushON - activeOFF - inactive

WARNINGElectric

Shock Risk

(Adjustments made in the shaded area should be performed by

Authorized Factory Personnel)

L2115Y

L1 115230VAC IN

MOTOR OUT

L2230Y

U

V

W

STATUS LEDS

HO TQHO TM

OBSTRSENS

P1

MDLY P2

16

COM

SNS

COM

PB

K1

K2

11

JMP503

NC

NO

TB501

PU

LL P

US

HSW501

ON

12

Inverter Details

Page 9

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Standard Function with Switches

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Notes1Power input to Door

Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

Wall Switch CardReader Key Switchetc

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4Door 1 Door 2

Operationbull bull Activating either switch will

open both doors Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsed

Doors are normally closed

Wall Switch CardReader Key Switchetc

Normally Open Momentary dry contacts

Normally Open Momentary dry contacts

Radio Frequency Function Option

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

Optional Door 2

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

Door 1

Notes1Power input to Door Operator

Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2 Radio Frequency Feature can be purchased as a separate kit

Operationbull

closedbull Activating wireless

switch or hand held wireless transmitter will open the door

bull Door will close after hold open delay elapses

Door is normally

120VAC

GroundC

OM

HO

TL N(AC) -V +V ADJ

+

11A 24V Power Supply12-24 VA

CD

CC

OM

NO

NC

Troubleshooting

Jump activation input

Change the setting of the ONOFF switch

Flip Door Mounting Dip Switch to other direction

Remove object

Re-time and re-install arm

Increase spring tension per preceding instructions

Remove object

Fault Possible reasons why RemediesExplanations

The door does not open- The motor does not start

Control switch is set to OFF position

Electrical power is missing the electrical Check power switch

Activation unit does not function- The motor starts Motor is driving in wrong direction

Something jammed beneath the door

Arm has come loose

The door does not close Spring tension too lowArm has come loose Re-time and re-install arm

Something jammed beneath the door

Circuit breaker is set to OFF position Reset circuit breaker to the ON position

Page 10

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Fail Secure Fail Safe Electric Strike Wiring

120VACSupplied byOthers- +

DC or ACOutput

AC

or

DC

Ele

ctric

Str

ike+

-

Wall Switch CardReader Key SwitchetcNormally Open Momentary dry contacts

Notes1Power input to Door Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo

Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2Unitrsquos Relay Rating for strike interface 30VDC 1A or 125VAC 5A

Operationbull bull Activating switch will unlock the electric strike

and the door will automatically open Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsed

bull For Fail Secure Strike - The door will remain locked during power failure

bull For Fail Safe Strike - The door will remain unlocked during power failure

Door is normally closed and latched

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

JMP503

NC

NO

Jumper SettingsPlace jumper to upper position for normally closed operation or to lower position for normally open operation

Fail Safe Electromagnetic Lock 24VDC Wiring

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Wall Switch CardReader Key SwitchetcNormally Open Momentary dry contacts

+-24VDC Electromagnetic Lock(Fail Safe)

Operationbull bull Activating switch will cut power to mag lock and the door will automatically

open Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsedbull The door will unlock during power failure

Door is normally closed and latched

Notes1Power input to Door Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo

Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2Unitrsquos Relay Rating 30VDC 1A or 125VAC 5A

Jumper SettingsPlace jumper to upper position for normally closed operation or to lower position for normally open operation

JMP503

NC

NO

120VAC

GroundC

OM

HO

T

L N(AC) -V +V ADJ+

Optional 11A 24V Power Supply

Page 11

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Page 12

Troubleshooting

Red LEDBlue LED

Antenna Wire

Learnwo DelayButton

DelayPotentiometer(Time Adjustment)

Learn wDelay Button

DIP Switch

TerminalStrip

Problem The LED on my receiver is just flickering and Irsquom unable to program andor it wonrsquot workSolution You have a push plate stuck or faulty transmitter Disconnect each push plate until the LED goes out If LED

does not go out remove each transmitter battery until it does Replace the appropriate transmitterProblem Receiver intermittently doesnrsquot receive the transmitter(s) signal

Solution You may extend the receiver antenna wire only in multiples of 6-34rdquo (171) ie 675 x 4 = 27rdquo (686) of extended antenna wire

Removing Transmitter Code(s)

Single Transmitter CodeŸ Press both Delay and No Delay Buttons simultaneously until Red LED flashes once (approximately 1 second)Ÿ Press transmitter button twice within 10 seconds and the transmitter code will be deleted

All Transmitter CodesŸ Press and hold both Delay and No Delay Buttons simultaneously until Blue LED illuminates then release (approximately 10

seconds)

Push Plate Configuration

1 Before beginning it is easiest to have already prepared the installation of the push plate2 Connect the wires from the transmitter to the NO and COM contacts of the push platersquos switch3 Follow Steps 1 - 4 (Hand-Held Configuration) depress the push plate to activate the transmitter4 Attach the transmitter to the inside of the electrical box and complete the installation

Hand-Held Configuration

1 Set dip switches to the receiver to the desired activation cycle (dip switch 1 - Toggle or Pulse and dip switch 2 - 05s or 10s hold

2 Press either Learn w Delay Button or Learn wo Delay Button on the receiver depending on the activation requirements (if delay learn is selected adjust potentiometer to counterclockwise limit 0 second delay) Red LED on receiver will flash After learn cycle is complete adjust potentiometer to desired delay time (0 - 30 sec)

3 Depress transmitter button repeatedly until Blue LED on the receiver illuminates (indicating reception of signal from transmitter) NOTE Repeat Steps 2 - 3 to program additional transmitters

4 To test the system depress transmitter button (Red LED on Transmitter will illuminate) and observe that the Blue LED illuminates on the receiver This indicates that the relay has been activated

433MHz Receiver Userrsquos Guide

2OFFON

Description05s Hold Time10s Hold Time

FunctionRelay will remain active 05 sec after loss of activationRelay will remain active 10 sec after loss of activation

1OFF

ON

DescriptionPulse Relay

Toggle Relay

FunctionPress the transmitter once and the relay will be active momentarilyPress the transmitter once and the relay output is active indefinitely press it again and the relay will de-energize indefinitely

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0sIn Toggle Setting (1-ON) the Hold Time is inactive Either setting for 2 dip switch will

have the same result

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s

05 second Pulse Setting

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s

10 second Pulse Setting

ŸAlways stop pedestrian traffic through the doorway when performing tests that may result in unexpected reactions by the door

ŸEnsure compliance with all applicable safety standards upon completion of installation

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

This PageLeft Blank

Page 13

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Hinge (Pull) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Right hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

o

per

atin

g a

ctiv

atio

n s

wit

ch(e

s)

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

80deg

15-1

2 (

394)

13-1

4 (

337)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull T

hick

ness

rec

omm

ende

d fo

r re

info

rcem

ents

in h

ollo

w

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

on

Pag

e 2

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull R

ight

han

d do

or s

how

nbull

Thi

s te

mpl

ate

info

rmat

ion

base

d up

on u

se o

f 5

(127

mm

) m

axim

um w

idth

but

t hin

ges

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e is

req

uire

d fo

r ot

her

cond

ition

sbull

Max

imum

fram

e re

veal

is 6

-78

rdquo (17

5mm

) fo

r th

is

appl

icat

ion

bull C

ondu

it ho

le n

eare

st th

e hi

nge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

F

ram

e Fa

ce

1-1

8rdquo(2

9)

1-1

4(3

2)1-

716

(37)

11(2

79)

22(5

59)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

1-1

8(2

9)

C LH

inge

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)7

8 (2

3) D

ia

(2 P

lace

s)

38

Dia

S

ex N

uts

(3 P

lace

s)

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

3(7

6)

13-1

316

(350

)

12

(13)

A

11-1

116

(297

)

6rdquo

(152

mm

)M

in

Cle

aran

ce

14-3

16

(360

)

12-1

516

(329

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Rig

ht

Han

d D

oo

ro

pen

ing

to

110

deg sh

ow

n

58

(15

9)S

top

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

6rdquo (

152m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

ax

Do

or T

hic

knes

s

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Hin

ge

(Pu

ll) S

ide

app

licat

ion

as

sho

wn

on

th

is

tem

pla

te

Page 14

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Stop (Push) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Left hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Dim

ldquoB

rdquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

70deg

12 (

305)

9-1

2 (2

41)

13-1

4 (

337)

15-3

4 (

400)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull Thi

ckne

ss r

ecom

men

ded

for

rein

forc

emen

ts in

ho

llow

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

at t

he

left

of th

is p

age

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull Le

ft ha

nd d

oor

show

nbull T

his

tem

plat

e in

form

atio

n ba

sed

upon

use

of 5

(1

27m

m)

max

imum

wid

th b

utt h

inge

s or

34

(1

9mm

) of

fset

piv

ots

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e w

ill

be s

uppl

ied

for

othe

r co

nditi

ons

bull M

axim

um fr

ame

reve

al is

7rdquo (

178m

m)

for

this

ap

plic

atio

nbull

Con

duit

hole

nea

rest

to h

inge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

1-11

16

(43)

1-1

4(3

2)11

16

(17

5)

1-3

4(4

4)

12-1

516

(329

)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

38

(10)

C LH

inge

or

Piv

ot

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)

78

(22)

(Con

duit

Hol

es -

2

Pla

ces)

Dia

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

A13-1

316

(351

)

12

(13)

B

5-1

4rdquoM

in

Cle

aran

ce

11-1

116

(297

)

38

(19)

14-3

16

(360

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Lef

t H

and

Do

or

op

en t

o 1

10deg

sho

wn

58

(15

9)S

top

Sex

Nu

ts(2

Pla

ces)

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

1-1

2rdquo (

38m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

5-1

4rdquo (

133m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

axD

oo

r Th

ickn

ess

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

op

erat

ing

act

ivat

ion

sw

itch

(es)

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Sto

p (

Pu

sh)

Sid

e ap

plic

atio

n a

s sh

ow

n o

n t

his

te

mp

late

Page 15

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

3000 Highway 74 East bull Monroe NC 28112Tel (800)-438-1951 x4706 bull Fax (800)-338-0965

wwwnor tondoorcontrolscom

ASSA ABLOY

This PageLeft Blank

Page 16

ASSA ABLOY

Page 7: ASSA ABLOY - E.D. Locks & Security | Commercial ... · backplate reed switch chain open / close positioning magnets “t1” power input terminal (3-position) accessory terminal (4-position)

2A Installation Sequence Continued

Step 5 Install main arm onto pinion shaft of unit at a 90deg angle to the door frame Align arm mark ldquoSrdquo with the flat corner of the pinion shaft square (See Fig 3 below)

Step 6 Secure main arm to pinion with 14-20 Flange Head Screw provided Tighten screw with 716 wrench or socket

Step 9to

increase door closing power Door control is shipped set at midpoint of power setting Maximum closing power can be achieved with 8 (360deg) clockwise turns of the power adjustment screw

Step 7 Mount arm shoe to door using 2 14-20 screws amp sex nuts provided with screw pack

Step 8 PRELOAD ARM (See Fig 4 below) Remove 14-20 hex head screw on adjusting rod and insert adjusting rod into arm slide Reinstall 14-20 screw and leave loose Rotate main arm in direction away from the hinge edge until the adjusting rod and arm slide are perpendicular (at a 90deg angle) to the door frame Tighten the 14-20 hex head screw on the adjusting rod to secure arm in this new position

Adjust closing power of unit (See Fig 5) - Using a 18rdquo allen wrench turn the power adjustment shaft clockwise

Step 10 Adjust Hydraulic valves using a 18rdquo hex wrench to obtain proper door closing speeds See following illustrations Refer to Table 1 on page 5 for recommended minimum opening closing times per ANSIBHMA A15619

Note ADA requires that from an open position of 70deg the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3rdquo (75mm) from the latched position measured at the leading edge of the door

Step 11 Make wiring connections using Wiring Instructions on Page below and on Page 8

Closing Cycle ndash Make adjustments as necessary to the Sweep Speed S valve and Latch Speed L valve See Fig 6 below for location of valves Turn valves clockwise to reduce speed counter clockwise to increase speed

Opening Cycle ndash Adjust Backcheck B valve as necessary for hydraulic resistance to door opening in the backcheck range See illustration at bottom of this page for location of valve

NOTE Too much Backcheck B valve can affect the operation of the units pump preventing units from fully opening the door This valve may require fine tuning after all other adjustments have been made

R

LYS

Z

Arm Mark Pinion Flat

Figure 3

AdjustingRod

ArmSlide

DoorShoe

MainArm

Figure 4Adjusting

Rod

ArmSlide

DoorShoe

MainArm

PowerAdjustment

18HexKey

IncreasePower

DecreasePower

Figure 5

18HexKey

SlowerClosing

FasterClosing Closing Cycle

Closed

10deg

egnaR hctaL

egnaR peewS

18HexKey

IncreaseCushion

DecreaseCushion

Opening Cycle

Backcheckgninep

O

Sweep ValveLatch Valve

BackcheckValve

Figure 8

Page 7

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Low VoltageControlWiring

IncomingPower

Optional Bracket(for surface wiring)

GroundLead

PowerLeads

GroundScrew(Green)

CableClamps Conduit

by Others(from top)

ldquoT1rdquo PowerInputTerminal

24

23

22

25

HOT

COM

Breaker Switch

T1 TerminalBlock

4 Final Electrical and Mechanical SetupA Confirm all mechanical adjustments have been made

and wiring connected per Page 7 and 8B Turn on facilityrsquos main circuit breakerC Turn power to unit on at the Unit Power Switch and

turn the Breaker Switch to ldquoRESETrdquo

D Using a short jumper cable jump terminals 1 and 2 see Fig 2 below to activate unit When door reaches 20deg switch Breaker Switch to ldquoOFFrdquo position cutting power to the unit Allow door to fully close (door may be manually pulled closed)

1234

1234

Figure 2

3 Input Power ConfigurationsCONCEALED WIRING SURFACE WIRING

Ground Wire Connection ndash Ground wire must be secured to backplate under head of (green) ground screw

Terminal Description

HOT

25

23

24

22

COM Common power lead

Hot power lead

Circuit Breaker

Switch

Circuit Breaker

Common connection to Circuit Breaker Inverter

Thread conduit fitting(s) into backplate as shown A second conduit fitting is required for low voltage control wiring CHECK LOCAL CODES Pull conduit out of header and attach to conduit fittings before mounting Secure operator to door frame Attach incoming ground wire to backplate with ground screw as illustrated in ldquoSurface Wiringrdquo illustration to the Right

Thread conduit fitting(s) into backplate as shown A second conduit fitting is required for low voltage control wiring CHECK LOCAL CODES Pull conduit out of header and attach to conduit fittings before mounting Secure operator to door frame Attach incoming ground wire to backplate with ground screw as illustrated below

Breaker Switch

Unit Power Switch

Page 8

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

4 Final Electrical and Mechanical Setup ContinuedE Adjust Closing Position Magnet (See Fig 3) - With

door in the closed position use finger to slide Closed Position Magnet so it aligns directly with the Reed Switch

F Adjust Open Position Magnet - Use fingers to slide

F cont Open Position Magnet 180deg from Open Position Magnet

G Flip Breaker Switch to ldquoRESETrdquo to turn power on Jump terminals 1 and 2 (as shown in Fig 2) to activate door Note open position of the door Allow door to close

H Use finger to readjust the Open Position Magnet to desired door open position

I Repeat Step G to verify door open position J Make all connections necessary for any accessories to

the 4-position Accessory Terminal (see Pages 10-11)K Make necessary adjustments to inverter (see Page 9)

Replace cover and cover screws

Reed Switch

Closed Position Magnet

Open PositionMagnet

Position Ring

Figure 3

Inverter Adjustmentsmiddot Based on function

adjustment desired use table above to determine which POT is to be adjusted

POT FUNCTIONDESCRIPTION

OBSTR SENS Obstruction Detection on Open CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

MDLY Motor Delay on Opening CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

P1 Closing Speed CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

HO TM Hold Open Time (5 - 30 Seconds) CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

P2 Opening Speed CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

HO TQMotor Torque at Hold Open Position

CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

ON

12

WARNING

120 HIGH VOLT POTENTIAL PRESENT MAKE SURE POWER IS TURNED OFF DURING

INSTALLATION PROCEDURE

Dip Switch Settings

1 Door Mounting -

2 Push Recognition -

ON - pullOFF - pushON - activeOFF - inactive

WARNINGElectric

Shock Risk

(Adjustments made in the shaded area should be performed by

Authorized Factory Personnel)

L2115Y

L1 115230VAC IN

MOTOR OUT

L2230Y

U

V

W

STATUS LEDS

HO TQHO TM

OBSTRSENS

P1

MDLY P2

16

COM

SNS

COM

PB

K1

K2

11

JMP503

NC

NO

TB501

PU

LL P

US

HSW501

ON

12

Inverter Details

Page 9

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Standard Function with Switches

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Notes1Power input to Door

Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

Wall Switch CardReader Key Switchetc

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4Door 1 Door 2

Operationbull bull Activating either switch will

open both doors Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsed

Doors are normally closed

Wall Switch CardReader Key Switchetc

Normally Open Momentary dry contacts

Normally Open Momentary dry contacts

Radio Frequency Function Option

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

Optional Door 2

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

Door 1

Notes1Power input to Door Operator

Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2 Radio Frequency Feature can be purchased as a separate kit

Operationbull

closedbull Activating wireless

switch or hand held wireless transmitter will open the door

bull Door will close after hold open delay elapses

Door is normally

120VAC

GroundC

OM

HO

TL N(AC) -V +V ADJ

+

11A 24V Power Supply12-24 VA

CD

CC

OM

NO

NC

Troubleshooting

Jump activation input

Change the setting of the ONOFF switch

Flip Door Mounting Dip Switch to other direction

Remove object

Re-time and re-install arm

Increase spring tension per preceding instructions

Remove object

Fault Possible reasons why RemediesExplanations

The door does not open- The motor does not start

Control switch is set to OFF position

Electrical power is missing the electrical Check power switch

Activation unit does not function- The motor starts Motor is driving in wrong direction

Something jammed beneath the door

Arm has come loose

The door does not close Spring tension too lowArm has come loose Re-time and re-install arm

Something jammed beneath the door

Circuit breaker is set to OFF position Reset circuit breaker to the ON position

Page 10

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Fail Secure Fail Safe Electric Strike Wiring

120VACSupplied byOthers- +

DC or ACOutput

AC

or

DC

Ele

ctric

Str

ike+

-

Wall Switch CardReader Key SwitchetcNormally Open Momentary dry contacts

Notes1Power input to Door Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo

Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2Unitrsquos Relay Rating for strike interface 30VDC 1A or 125VAC 5A

Operationbull bull Activating switch will unlock the electric strike

and the door will automatically open Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsed

bull For Fail Secure Strike - The door will remain locked during power failure

bull For Fail Safe Strike - The door will remain unlocked during power failure

Door is normally closed and latched

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

JMP503

NC

NO

Jumper SettingsPlace jumper to upper position for normally closed operation or to lower position for normally open operation

Fail Safe Electromagnetic Lock 24VDC Wiring

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Wall Switch CardReader Key SwitchetcNormally Open Momentary dry contacts

+-24VDC Electromagnetic Lock(Fail Safe)

Operationbull bull Activating switch will cut power to mag lock and the door will automatically

open Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsedbull The door will unlock during power failure

Door is normally closed and latched

Notes1Power input to Door Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo

Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2Unitrsquos Relay Rating 30VDC 1A or 125VAC 5A

Jumper SettingsPlace jumper to upper position for normally closed operation or to lower position for normally open operation

JMP503

NC

NO

120VAC

GroundC

OM

HO

T

L N(AC) -V +V ADJ+

Optional 11A 24V Power Supply

Page 11

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Page 12

Troubleshooting

Red LEDBlue LED

Antenna Wire

Learnwo DelayButton

DelayPotentiometer(Time Adjustment)

Learn wDelay Button

DIP Switch

TerminalStrip

Problem The LED on my receiver is just flickering and Irsquom unable to program andor it wonrsquot workSolution You have a push plate stuck or faulty transmitter Disconnect each push plate until the LED goes out If LED

does not go out remove each transmitter battery until it does Replace the appropriate transmitterProblem Receiver intermittently doesnrsquot receive the transmitter(s) signal

Solution You may extend the receiver antenna wire only in multiples of 6-34rdquo (171) ie 675 x 4 = 27rdquo (686) of extended antenna wire

Removing Transmitter Code(s)

Single Transmitter CodeŸ Press both Delay and No Delay Buttons simultaneously until Red LED flashes once (approximately 1 second)Ÿ Press transmitter button twice within 10 seconds and the transmitter code will be deleted

All Transmitter CodesŸ Press and hold both Delay and No Delay Buttons simultaneously until Blue LED illuminates then release (approximately 10

seconds)

Push Plate Configuration

1 Before beginning it is easiest to have already prepared the installation of the push plate2 Connect the wires from the transmitter to the NO and COM contacts of the push platersquos switch3 Follow Steps 1 - 4 (Hand-Held Configuration) depress the push plate to activate the transmitter4 Attach the transmitter to the inside of the electrical box and complete the installation

Hand-Held Configuration

1 Set dip switches to the receiver to the desired activation cycle (dip switch 1 - Toggle or Pulse and dip switch 2 - 05s or 10s hold

2 Press either Learn w Delay Button or Learn wo Delay Button on the receiver depending on the activation requirements (if delay learn is selected adjust potentiometer to counterclockwise limit 0 second delay) Red LED on receiver will flash After learn cycle is complete adjust potentiometer to desired delay time (0 - 30 sec)

3 Depress transmitter button repeatedly until Blue LED on the receiver illuminates (indicating reception of signal from transmitter) NOTE Repeat Steps 2 - 3 to program additional transmitters

4 To test the system depress transmitter button (Red LED on Transmitter will illuminate) and observe that the Blue LED illuminates on the receiver This indicates that the relay has been activated

433MHz Receiver Userrsquos Guide

2OFFON

Description05s Hold Time10s Hold Time

FunctionRelay will remain active 05 sec after loss of activationRelay will remain active 10 sec after loss of activation

1OFF

ON

DescriptionPulse Relay

Toggle Relay

FunctionPress the transmitter once and the relay will be active momentarilyPress the transmitter once and the relay output is active indefinitely press it again and the relay will de-energize indefinitely

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0sIn Toggle Setting (1-ON) the Hold Time is inactive Either setting for 2 dip switch will

have the same result

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s

05 second Pulse Setting

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s

10 second Pulse Setting

ŸAlways stop pedestrian traffic through the doorway when performing tests that may result in unexpected reactions by the door

ŸEnsure compliance with all applicable safety standards upon completion of installation

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

This PageLeft Blank

Page 13

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Hinge (Pull) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Right hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

o

per

atin

g a

ctiv

atio

n s

wit

ch(e

s)

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

80deg

15-1

2 (

394)

13-1

4 (

337)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull T

hick

ness

rec

omm

ende

d fo

r re

info

rcem

ents

in h

ollo

w

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

on

Pag

e 2

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull R

ight

han

d do

or s

how

nbull

Thi

s te

mpl

ate

info

rmat

ion

base

d up

on u

se o

f 5

(127

mm

) m

axim

um w

idth

but

t hin

ges

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e is

req

uire

d fo

r ot

her

cond

ition

sbull

Max

imum

fram

e re

veal

is 6

-78

rdquo (17

5mm

) fo

r th

is

appl

icat

ion

bull C

ondu

it ho

le n

eare

st th

e hi

nge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

F

ram

e Fa

ce

1-1

8rdquo(2

9)

1-1

4(3

2)1-

716

(37)

11(2

79)

22(5

59)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

1-1

8(2

9)

C LH

inge

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)7

8 (2

3) D

ia

(2 P

lace

s)

38

Dia

S

ex N

uts

(3 P

lace

s)

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

3(7

6)

13-1

316

(350

)

12

(13)

A

11-1

116

(297

)

6rdquo

(152

mm

)M

in

Cle

aran

ce

14-3

16

(360

)

12-1

516

(329

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Rig

ht

Han

d D

oo

ro

pen

ing

to

110

deg sh

ow

n

58

(15

9)S

top

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

6rdquo (

152m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

ax

Do

or T

hic

knes

s

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Hin

ge

(Pu

ll) S

ide

app

licat

ion

as

sho

wn

on

th

is

tem

pla

te

Page 14

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Stop (Push) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Left hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Dim

ldquoB

rdquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

70deg

12 (

305)

9-1

2 (2

41)

13-1

4 (

337)

15-3

4 (

400)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull Thi

ckne

ss r

ecom

men

ded

for

rein

forc

emen

ts in

ho

llow

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

at t

he

left

of th

is p

age

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull Le

ft ha

nd d

oor

show

nbull T

his

tem

plat

e in

form

atio

n ba

sed

upon

use

of 5

(1

27m

m)

max

imum

wid

th b

utt h

inge

s or

34

(1

9mm

) of

fset

piv

ots

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e w

ill

be s

uppl

ied

for

othe

r co

nditi

ons

bull M

axim

um fr

ame

reve

al is

7rdquo (

178m

m)

for

this

ap

plic

atio

nbull

Con

duit

hole

nea

rest

to h

inge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

1-11

16

(43)

1-1

4(3

2)11

16

(17

5)

1-3

4(4

4)

12-1

516

(329

)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

38

(10)

C LH

inge

or

Piv

ot

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)

78

(22)

(Con

duit

Hol

es -

2

Pla

ces)

Dia

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

A13-1

316

(351

)

12

(13)

B

5-1

4rdquoM

in

Cle

aran

ce

11-1

116

(297

)

38

(19)

14-3

16

(360

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Lef

t H

and

Do

or

op

en t

o 1

10deg

sho

wn

58

(15

9)S

top

Sex

Nu

ts(2

Pla

ces)

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

1-1

2rdquo (

38m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

5-1

4rdquo (

133m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

axD

oo

r Th

ickn

ess

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

op

erat

ing

act

ivat

ion

sw

itch

(es)

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Sto

p (

Pu

sh)

Sid

e ap

plic

atio

n a

s sh

ow

n o

n t

his

te

mp

late

Page 15

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

3000 Highway 74 East bull Monroe NC 28112Tel (800)-438-1951 x4706 bull Fax (800)-338-0965

wwwnor tondoorcontrolscom

ASSA ABLOY

This PageLeft Blank

Page 16

ASSA ABLOY

Page 8: ASSA ABLOY - E.D. Locks & Security | Commercial ... · backplate reed switch chain open / close positioning magnets “t1” power input terminal (3-position) accessory terminal (4-position)

Low VoltageControlWiring

IncomingPower

Optional Bracket(for surface wiring)

GroundLead

PowerLeads

GroundScrew(Green)

CableClamps Conduit

by Others(from top)

ldquoT1rdquo PowerInputTerminal

24

23

22

25

HOT

COM

Breaker Switch

T1 TerminalBlock

4 Final Electrical and Mechanical SetupA Confirm all mechanical adjustments have been made

and wiring connected per Page 7 and 8B Turn on facilityrsquos main circuit breakerC Turn power to unit on at the Unit Power Switch and

turn the Breaker Switch to ldquoRESETrdquo

D Using a short jumper cable jump terminals 1 and 2 see Fig 2 below to activate unit When door reaches 20deg switch Breaker Switch to ldquoOFFrdquo position cutting power to the unit Allow door to fully close (door may be manually pulled closed)

1234

1234

Figure 2

3 Input Power ConfigurationsCONCEALED WIRING SURFACE WIRING

Ground Wire Connection ndash Ground wire must be secured to backplate under head of (green) ground screw

Terminal Description

HOT

25

23

24

22

COM Common power lead

Hot power lead

Circuit Breaker

Switch

Circuit Breaker

Common connection to Circuit Breaker Inverter

Thread conduit fitting(s) into backplate as shown A second conduit fitting is required for low voltage control wiring CHECK LOCAL CODES Pull conduit out of header and attach to conduit fittings before mounting Secure operator to door frame Attach incoming ground wire to backplate with ground screw as illustrated in ldquoSurface Wiringrdquo illustration to the Right

Thread conduit fitting(s) into backplate as shown A second conduit fitting is required for low voltage control wiring CHECK LOCAL CODES Pull conduit out of header and attach to conduit fittings before mounting Secure operator to door frame Attach incoming ground wire to backplate with ground screw as illustrated below

Breaker Switch

Unit Power Switch

Page 8

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

4 Final Electrical and Mechanical Setup ContinuedE Adjust Closing Position Magnet (See Fig 3) - With

door in the closed position use finger to slide Closed Position Magnet so it aligns directly with the Reed Switch

F Adjust Open Position Magnet - Use fingers to slide

F cont Open Position Magnet 180deg from Open Position Magnet

G Flip Breaker Switch to ldquoRESETrdquo to turn power on Jump terminals 1 and 2 (as shown in Fig 2) to activate door Note open position of the door Allow door to close

H Use finger to readjust the Open Position Magnet to desired door open position

I Repeat Step G to verify door open position J Make all connections necessary for any accessories to

the 4-position Accessory Terminal (see Pages 10-11)K Make necessary adjustments to inverter (see Page 9)

Replace cover and cover screws

Reed Switch

Closed Position Magnet

Open PositionMagnet

Position Ring

Figure 3

Inverter Adjustmentsmiddot Based on function

adjustment desired use table above to determine which POT is to be adjusted

POT FUNCTIONDESCRIPTION

OBSTR SENS Obstruction Detection on Open CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

MDLY Motor Delay on Opening CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

P1 Closing Speed CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

HO TM Hold Open Time (5 - 30 Seconds) CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

P2 Opening Speed CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

HO TQMotor Torque at Hold Open Position

CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

ON

12

WARNING

120 HIGH VOLT POTENTIAL PRESENT MAKE SURE POWER IS TURNED OFF DURING

INSTALLATION PROCEDURE

Dip Switch Settings

1 Door Mounting -

2 Push Recognition -

ON - pullOFF - pushON - activeOFF - inactive

WARNINGElectric

Shock Risk

(Adjustments made in the shaded area should be performed by

Authorized Factory Personnel)

L2115Y

L1 115230VAC IN

MOTOR OUT

L2230Y

U

V

W

STATUS LEDS

HO TQHO TM

OBSTRSENS

P1

MDLY P2

16

COM

SNS

COM

PB

K1

K2

11

JMP503

NC

NO

TB501

PU

LL P

US

HSW501

ON

12

Inverter Details

Page 9

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Standard Function with Switches

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Notes1Power input to Door

Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

Wall Switch CardReader Key Switchetc

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4Door 1 Door 2

Operationbull bull Activating either switch will

open both doors Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsed

Doors are normally closed

Wall Switch CardReader Key Switchetc

Normally Open Momentary dry contacts

Normally Open Momentary dry contacts

Radio Frequency Function Option

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

Optional Door 2

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

Door 1

Notes1Power input to Door Operator

Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2 Radio Frequency Feature can be purchased as a separate kit

Operationbull

closedbull Activating wireless

switch or hand held wireless transmitter will open the door

bull Door will close after hold open delay elapses

Door is normally

120VAC

GroundC

OM

HO

TL N(AC) -V +V ADJ

+

11A 24V Power Supply12-24 VA

CD

CC

OM

NO

NC

Troubleshooting

Jump activation input

Change the setting of the ONOFF switch

Flip Door Mounting Dip Switch to other direction

Remove object

Re-time and re-install arm

Increase spring tension per preceding instructions

Remove object

Fault Possible reasons why RemediesExplanations

The door does not open- The motor does not start

Control switch is set to OFF position

Electrical power is missing the electrical Check power switch

Activation unit does not function- The motor starts Motor is driving in wrong direction

Something jammed beneath the door

Arm has come loose

The door does not close Spring tension too lowArm has come loose Re-time and re-install arm

Something jammed beneath the door

Circuit breaker is set to OFF position Reset circuit breaker to the ON position

Page 10

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Fail Secure Fail Safe Electric Strike Wiring

120VACSupplied byOthers- +

DC or ACOutput

AC

or

DC

Ele

ctric

Str

ike+

-

Wall Switch CardReader Key SwitchetcNormally Open Momentary dry contacts

Notes1Power input to Door Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo

Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2Unitrsquos Relay Rating for strike interface 30VDC 1A or 125VAC 5A

Operationbull bull Activating switch will unlock the electric strike

and the door will automatically open Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsed

bull For Fail Secure Strike - The door will remain locked during power failure

bull For Fail Safe Strike - The door will remain unlocked during power failure

Door is normally closed and latched

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

JMP503

NC

NO

Jumper SettingsPlace jumper to upper position for normally closed operation or to lower position for normally open operation

Fail Safe Electromagnetic Lock 24VDC Wiring

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Wall Switch CardReader Key SwitchetcNormally Open Momentary dry contacts

+-24VDC Electromagnetic Lock(Fail Safe)

Operationbull bull Activating switch will cut power to mag lock and the door will automatically

open Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsedbull The door will unlock during power failure

Door is normally closed and latched

Notes1Power input to Door Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo

Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2Unitrsquos Relay Rating 30VDC 1A or 125VAC 5A

Jumper SettingsPlace jumper to upper position for normally closed operation or to lower position for normally open operation

JMP503

NC

NO

120VAC

GroundC

OM

HO

T

L N(AC) -V +V ADJ+

Optional 11A 24V Power Supply

Page 11

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Page 12

Troubleshooting

Red LEDBlue LED

Antenna Wire

Learnwo DelayButton

DelayPotentiometer(Time Adjustment)

Learn wDelay Button

DIP Switch

TerminalStrip

Problem The LED on my receiver is just flickering and Irsquom unable to program andor it wonrsquot workSolution You have a push plate stuck or faulty transmitter Disconnect each push plate until the LED goes out If LED

does not go out remove each transmitter battery until it does Replace the appropriate transmitterProblem Receiver intermittently doesnrsquot receive the transmitter(s) signal

Solution You may extend the receiver antenna wire only in multiples of 6-34rdquo (171) ie 675 x 4 = 27rdquo (686) of extended antenna wire

Removing Transmitter Code(s)

Single Transmitter CodeŸ Press both Delay and No Delay Buttons simultaneously until Red LED flashes once (approximately 1 second)Ÿ Press transmitter button twice within 10 seconds and the transmitter code will be deleted

All Transmitter CodesŸ Press and hold both Delay and No Delay Buttons simultaneously until Blue LED illuminates then release (approximately 10

seconds)

Push Plate Configuration

1 Before beginning it is easiest to have already prepared the installation of the push plate2 Connect the wires from the transmitter to the NO and COM contacts of the push platersquos switch3 Follow Steps 1 - 4 (Hand-Held Configuration) depress the push plate to activate the transmitter4 Attach the transmitter to the inside of the electrical box and complete the installation

Hand-Held Configuration

1 Set dip switches to the receiver to the desired activation cycle (dip switch 1 - Toggle or Pulse and dip switch 2 - 05s or 10s hold

2 Press either Learn w Delay Button or Learn wo Delay Button on the receiver depending on the activation requirements (if delay learn is selected adjust potentiometer to counterclockwise limit 0 second delay) Red LED on receiver will flash After learn cycle is complete adjust potentiometer to desired delay time (0 - 30 sec)

3 Depress transmitter button repeatedly until Blue LED on the receiver illuminates (indicating reception of signal from transmitter) NOTE Repeat Steps 2 - 3 to program additional transmitters

4 To test the system depress transmitter button (Red LED on Transmitter will illuminate) and observe that the Blue LED illuminates on the receiver This indicates that the relay has been activated

433MHz Receiver Userrsquos Guide

2OFFON

Description05s Hold Time10s Hold Time

FunctionRelay will remain active 05 sec after loss of activationRelay will remain active 10 sec after loss of activation

1OFF

ON

DescriptionPulse Relay

Toggle Relay

FunctionPress the transmitter once and the relay will be active momentarilyPress the transmitter once and the relay output is active indefinitely press it again and the relay will de-energize indefinitely

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0sIn Toggle Setting (1-ON) the Hold Time is inactive Either setting for 2 dip switch will

have the same result

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s

05 second Pulse Setting

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s

10 second Pulse Setting

ŸAlways stop pedestrian traffic through the doorway when performing tests that may result in unexpected reactions by the door

ŸEnsure compliance with all applicable safety standards upon completion of installation

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

This PageLeft Blank

Page 13

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Hinge (Pull) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Right hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

o

per

atin

g a

ctiv

atio

n s

wit

ch(e

s)

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

80deg

15-1

2 (

394)

13-1

4 (

337)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull T

hick

ness

rec

omm

ende

d fo

r re

info

rcem

ents

in h

ollo

w

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

on

Pag

e 2

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull R

ight

han

d do

or s

how

nbull

Thi

s te

mpl

ate

info

rmat

ion

base

d up

on u

se o

f 5

(127

mm

) m

axim

um w

idth

but

t hin

ges

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e is

req

uire

d fo

r ot

her

cond

ition

sbull

Max

imum

fram

e re

veal

is 6

-78

rdquo (17

5mm

) fo

r th

is

appl

icat

ion

bull C

ondu

it ho

le n

eare

st th

e hi

nge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

F

ram

e Fa

ce

1-1

8rdquo(2

9)

1-1

4(3

2)1-

716

(37)

11(2

79)

22(5

59)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

1-1

8(2

9)

C LH

inge

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)7

8 (2

3) D

ia

(2 P

lace

s)

38

Dia

S

ex N

uts

(3 P

lace

s)

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

3(7

6)

13-1

316

(350

)

12

(13)

A

11-1

116

(297

)

6rdquo

(152

mm

)M

in

Cle

aran

ce

14-3

16

(360

)

12-1

516

(329

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Rig

ht

Han

d D

oo

ro

pen

ing

to

110

deg sh

ow

n

58

(15

9)S

top

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

6rdquo (

152m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

ax

Do

or T

hic

knes

s

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Hin

ge

(Pu

ll) S

ide

app

licat

ion

as

sho

wn

on

th

is

tem

pla

te

Page 14

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Stop (Push) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Left hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Dim

ldquoB

rdquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

70deg

12 (

305)

9-1

2 (2

41)

13-1

4 (

337)

15-3

4 (

400)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull Thi

ckne

ss r

ecom

men

ded

for

rein

forc

emen

ts in

ho

llow

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

at t

he

left

of th

is p

age

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull Le

ft ha

nd d

oor

show

nbull T

his

tem

plat

e in

form

atio

n ba

sed

upon

use

of 5

(1

27m

m)

max

imum

wid

th b

utt h

inge

s or

34

(1

9mm

) of

fset

piv

ots

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e w

ill

be s

uppl

ied

for

othe

r co

nditi

ons

bull M

axim

um fr

ame

reve

al is

7rdquo (

178m

m)

for

this

ap

plic

atio

nbull

Con

duit

hole

nea

rest

to h

inge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

1-11

16

(43)

1-1

4(3

2)11

16

(17

5)

1-3

4(4

4)

12-1

516

(329

)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

38

(10)

C LH

inge

or

Piv

ot

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)

78

(22)

(Con

duit

Hol

es -

2

Pla

ces)

Dia

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

A13-1

316

(351

)

12

(13)

B

5-1

4rdquoM

in

Cle

aran

ce

11-1

116

(297

)

38

(19)

14-3

16

(360

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Lef

t H

and

Do

or

op

en t

o 1

10deg

sho

wn

58

(15

9)S

top

Sex

Nu

ts(2

Pla

ces)

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

1-1

2rdquo (

38m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

5-1

4rdquo (

133m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

axD

oo

r Th

ickn

ess

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

op

erat

ing

act

ivat

ion

sw

itch

(es)

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Sto

p (

Pu

sh)

Sid

e ap

plic

atio

n a

s sh

ow

n o

n t

his

te

mp

late

Page 15

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

3000 Highway 74 East bull Monroe NC 28112Tel (800)-438-1951 x4706 bull Fax (800)-338-0965

wwwnor tondoorcontrolscom

ASSA ABLOY

This PageLeft Blank

Page 16

ASSA ABLOY

Page 9: ASSA ABLOY - E.D. Locks & Security | Commercial ... · backplate reed switch chain open / close positioning magnets “t1” power input terminal (3-position) accessory terminal (4-position)

4 Final Electrical and Mechanical Setup ContinuedE Adjust Closing Position Magnet (See Fig 3) - With

door in the closed position use finger to slide Closed Position Magnet so it aligns directly with the Reed Switch

F Adjust Open Position Magnet - Use fingers to slide

F cont Open Position Magnet 180deg from Open Position Magnet

G Flip Breaker Switch to ldquoRESETrdquo to turn power on Jump terminals 1 and 2 (as shown in Fig 2) to activate door Note open position of the door Allow door to close

H Use finger to readjust the Open Position Magnet to desired door open position

I Repeat Step G to verify door open position J Make all connections necessary for any accessories to

the 4-position Accessory Terminal (see Pages 10-11)K Make necessary adjustments to inverter (see Page 9)

Replace cover and cover screws

Reed Switch

Closed Position Magnet

Open PositionMagnet

Position Ring

Figure 3

Inverter Adjustmentsmiddot Based on function

adjustment desired use table above to determine which POT is to be adjusted

POT FUNCTIONDESCRIPTION

OBSTR SENS Obstruction Detection on Open CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

MDLY Motor Delay on Opening CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

P1 Closing Speed CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

HO TM Hold Open Time (5 - 30 Seconds) CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

P2 Opening Speed CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

HO TQMotor Torque at Hold Open Position

CW - IncreaseCCW - Decrease

ON

12

WARNING

120 HIGH VOLT POTENTIAL PRESENT MAKE SURE POWER IS TURNED OFF DURING

INSTALLATION PROCEDURE

Dip Switch Settings

1 Door Mounting -

2 Push Recognition -

ON - pullOFF - pushON - activeOFF - inactive

WARNINGElectric

Shock Risk

(Adjustments made in the shaded area should be performed by

Authorized Factory Personnel)

L2115Y

L1 115230VAC IN

MOTOR OUT

L2230Y

U

V

W

STATUS LEDS

HO TQHO TM

OBSTRSENS

P1

MDLY P2

16

COM

SNS

COM

PB

K1

K2

11

JMP503

NC

NO

TB501

PU

LL P

US

HSW501

ON

12

Inverter Details

Page 9

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Standard Function with Switches

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Notes1Power input to Door

Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

Wall Switch CardReader Key Switchetc

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4Door 1 Door 2

Operationbull bull Activating either switch will

open both doors Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsed

Doors are normally closed

Wall Switch CardReader Key Switchetc

Normally Open Momentary dry contacts

Normally Open Momentary dry contacts

Radio Frequency Function Option

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

Optional Door 2

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

Door 1

Notes1Power input to Door Operator

Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2 Radio Frequency Feature can be purchased as a separate kit

Operationbull

closedbull Activating wireless

switch or hand held wireless transmitter will open the door

bull Door will close after hold open delay elapses

Door is normally

120VAC

GroundC

OM

HO

TL N(AC) -V +V ADJ

+

11A 24V Power Supply12-24 VA

CD

CC

OM

NO

NC

Troubleshooting

Jump activation input

Change the setting of the ONOFF switch

Flip Door Mounting Dip Switch to other direction

Remove object

Re-time and re-install arm

Increase spring tension per preceding instructions

Remove object

Fault Possible reasons why RemediesExplanations

The door does not open- The motor does not start

Control switch is set to OFF position

Electrical power is missing the electrical Check power switch

Activation unit does not function- The motor starts Motor is driving in wrong direction

Something jammed beneath the door

Arm has come loose

The door does not close Spring tension too lowArm has come loose Re-time and re-install arm

Something jammed beneath the door

Circuit breaker is set to OFF position Reset circuit breaker to the ON position

Page 10

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Fail Secure Fail Safe Electric Strike Wiring

120VACSupplied byOthers- +

DC or ACOutput

AC

or

DC

Ele

ctric

Str

ike+

-

Wall Switch CardReader Key SwitchetcNormally Open Momentary dry contacts

Notes1Power input to Door Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo

Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2Unitrsquos Relay Rating for strike interface 30VDC 1A or 125VAC 5A

Operationbull bull Activating switch will unlock the electric strike

and the door will automatically open Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsed

bull For Fail Secure Strike - The door will remain locked during power failure

bull For Fail Safe Strike - The door will remain unlocked during power failure

Door is normally closed and latched

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

JMP503

NC

NO

Jumper SettingsPlace jumper to upper position for normally closed operation or to lower position for normally open operation

Fail Safe Electromagnetic Lock 24VDC Wiring

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Wall Switch CardReader Key SwitchetcNormally Open Momentary dry contacts

+-24VDC Electromagnetic Lock(Fail Safe)

Operationbull bull Activating switch will cut power to mag lock and the door will automatically

open Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsedbull The door will unlock during power failure

Door is normally closed and latched

Notes1Power input to Door Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo

Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2Unitrsquos Relay Rating 30VDC 1A or 125VAC 5A

Jumper SettingsPlace jumper to upper position for normally closed operation or to lower position for normally open operation

JMP503

NC

NO

120VAC

GroundC

OM

HO

T

L N(AC) -V +V ADJ+

Optional 11A 24V Power Supply

Page 11

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Page 12

Troubleshooting

Red LEDBlue LED

Antenna Wire

Learnwo DelayButton

DelayPotentiometer(Time Adjustment)

Learn wDelay Button

DIP Switch

TerminalStrip

Problem The LED on my receiver is just flickering and Irsquom unable to program andor it wonrsquot workSolution You have a push plate stuck or faulty transmitter Disconnect each push plate until the LED goes out If LED

does not go out remove each transmitter battery until it does Replace the appropriate transmitterProblem Receiver intermittently doesnrsquot receive the transmitter(s) signal

Solution You may extend the receiver antenna wire only in multiples of 6-34rdquo (171) ie 675 x 4 = 27rdquo (686) of extended antenna wire

Removing Transmitter Code(s)

Single Transmitter CodeŸ Press both Delay and No Delay Buttons simultaneously until Red LED flashes once (approximately 1 second)Ÿ Press transmitter button twice within 10 seconds and the transmitter code will be deleted

All Transmitter CodesŸ Press and hold both Delay and No Delay Buttons simultaneously until Blue LED illuminates then release (approximately 10

seconds)

Push Plate Configuration

1 Before beginning it is easiest to have already prepared the installation of the push plate2 Connect the wires from the transmitter to the NO and COM contacts of the push platersquos switch3 Follow Steps 1 - 4 (Hand-Held Configuration) depress the push plate to activate the transmitter4 Attach the transmitter to the inside of the electrical box and complete the installation

Hand-Held Configuration

1 Set dip switches to the receiver to the desired activation cycle (dip switch 1 - Toggle or Pulse and dip switch 2 - 05s or 10s hold

2 Press either Learn w Delay Button or Learn wo Delay Button on the receiver depending on the activation requirements (if delay learn is selected adjust potentiometer to counterclockwise limit 0 second delay) Red LED on receiver will flash After learn cycle is complete adjust potentiometer to desired delay time (0 - 30 sec)

3 Depress transmitter button repeatedly until Blue LED on the receiver illuminates (indicating reception of signal from transmitter) NOTE Repeat Steps 2 - 3 to program additional transmitters

4 To test the system depress transmitter button (Red LED on Transmitter will illuminate) and observe that the Blue LED illuminates on the receiver This indicates that the relay has been activated

433MHz Receiver Userrsquos Guide

2OFFON

Description05s Hold Time10s Hold Time

FunctionRelay will remain active 05 sec after loss of activationRelay will remain active 10 sec after loss of activation

1OFF

ON

DescriptionPulse Relay

Toggle Relay

FunctionPress the transmitter once and the relay will be active momentarilyPress the transmitter once and the relay output is active indefinitely press it again and the relay will de-energize indefinitely

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0sIn Toggle Setting (1-ON) the Hold Time is inactive Either setting for 2 dip switch will

have the same result

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s

05 second Pulse Setting

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s

10 second Pulse Setting

ŸAlways stop pedestrian traffic through the doorway when performing tests that may result in unexpected reactions by the door

ŸEnsure compliance with all applicable safety standards upon completion of installation

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

This PageLeft Blank

Page 13

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Hinge (Pull) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Right hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

o

per

atin

g a

ctiv

atio

n s

wit

ch(e

s)

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

80deg

15-1

2 (

394)

13-1

4 (

337)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull T

hick

ness

rec

omm

ende

d fo

r re

info

rcem

ents

in h

ollo

w

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

on

Pag

e 2

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull R

ight

han

d do

or s

how

nbull

Thi

s te

mpl

ate

info

rmat

ion

base

d up

on u

se o

f 5

(127

mm

) m

axim

um w

idth

but

t hin

ges

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e is

req

uire

d fo

r ot

her

cond

ition

sbull

Max

imum

fram

e re

veal

is 6

-78

rdquo (17

5mm

) fo

r th

is

appl

icat

ion

bull C

ondu

it ho

le n

eare

st th

e hi

nge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

F

ram

e Fa

ce

1-1

8rdquo(2

9)

1-1

4(3

2)1-

716

(37)

11(2

79)

22(5

59)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

1-1

8(2

9)

C LH

inge

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)7

8 (2

3) D

ia

(2 P

lace

s)

38

Dia

S

ex N

uts

(3 P

lace

s)

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

3(7

6)

13-1

316

(350

)

12

(13)

A

11-1

116

(297

)

6rdquo

(152

mm

)M

in

Cle

aran

ce

14-3

16

(360

)

12-1

516

(329

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Rig

ht

Han

d D

oo

ro

pen

ing

to

110

deg sh

ow

n

58

(15

9)S

top

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

6rdquo (

152m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

ax

Do

or T

hic

knes

s

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Hin

ge

(Pu

ll) S

ide

app

licat

ion

as

sho

wn

on

th

is

tem

pla

te

Page 14

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Stop (Push) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Left hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Dim

ldquoB

rdquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

70deg

12 (

305)

9-1

2 (2

41)

13-1

4 (

337)

15-3

4 (

400)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull Thi

ckne

ss r

ecom

men

ded

for

rein

forc

emen

ts in

ho

llow

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

at t

he

left

of th

is p

age

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull Le

ft ha

nd d

oor

show

nbull T

his

tem

plat

e in

form

atio

n ba

sed

upon

use

of 5

(1

27m

m)

max

imum

wid

th b

utt h

inge

s or

34

(1

9mm

) of

fset

piv

ots

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e w

ill

be s

uppl

ied

for

othe

r co

nditi

ons

bull M

axim

um fr

ame

reve

al is

7rdquo (

178m

m)

for

this

ap

plic

atio

nbull

Con

duit

hole

nea

rest

to h

inge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

1-11

16

(43)

1-1

4(3

2)11

16

(17

5)

1-3

4(4

4)

12-1

516

(329

)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

38

(10)

C LH

inge

or

Piv

ot

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)

78

(22)

(Con

duit

Hol

es -

2

Pla

ces)

Dia

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

A13-1

316

(351

)

12

(13)

B

5-1

4rdquoM

in

Cle

aran

ce

11-1

116

(297

)

38

(19)

14-3

16

(360

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Lef

t H

and

Do

or

op

en t

o 1

10deg

sho

wn

58

(15

9)S

top

Sex

Nu

ts(2

Pla

ces)

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

1-1

2rdquo (

38m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

5-1

4rdquo (

133m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

axD

oo

r Th

ickn

ess

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

op

erat

ing

act

ivat

ion

sw

itch

(es)

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Sto

p (

Pu

sh)

Sid

e ap

plic

atio

n a

s sh

ow

n o

n t

his

te

mp

late

Page 15

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

3000 Highway 74 East bull Monroe NC 28112Tel (800)-438-1951 x4706 bull Fax (800)-338-0965

wwwnor tondoorcontrolscom

ASSA ABLOY

This PageLeft Blank

Page 16

ASSA ABLOY

Page 10: ASSA ABLOY - E.D. Locks & Security | Commercial ... · backplate reed switch chain open / close positioning magnets “t1” power input terminal (3-position) accessory terminal (4-position)

Standard Function with Switches

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Notes1Power input to Door

Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

Wall Switch CardReader Key Switchetc

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4Door 1 Door 2

Operationbull bull Activating either switch will

open both doors Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsed

Doors are normally closed

Wall Switch CardReader Key Switchetc

Normally Open Momentary dry contacts

Normally Open Momentary dry contacts

Radio Frequency Function Option

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

Optional Door 2

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

Door 1

Notes1Power input to Door Operator

Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2 Radio Frequency Feature can be purchased as a separate kit

Operationbull

closedbull Activating wireless

switch or hand held wireless transmitter will open the door

bull Door will close after hold open delay elapses

Door is normally

120VAC

GroundC

OM

HO

TL N(AC) -V +V ADJ

+

11A 24V Power Supply12-24 VA

CD

CC

OM

NO

NC

Troubleshooting

Jump activation input

Change the setting of the ONOFF switch

Flip Door Mounting Dip Switch to other direction

Remove object

Re-time and re-install arm

Increase spring tension per preceding instructions

Remove object

Fault Possible reasons why RemediesExplanations

The door does not open- The motor does not start

Control switch is set to OFF position

Electrical power is missing the electrical Check power switch

Activation unit does not function- The motor starts Motor is driving in wrong direction

Something jammed beneath the door

Arm has come loose

The door does not close Spring tension too lowArm has come loose Re-time and re-install arm

Something jammed beneath the door

Circuit breaker is set to OFF position Reset circuit breaker to the ON position

Page 10

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Fail Secure Fail Safe Electric Strike Wiring

120VACSupplied byOthers- +

DC or ACOutput

AC

or

DC

Ele

ctric

Str

ike+

-

Wall Switch CardReader Key SwitchetcNormally Open Momentary dry contacts

Notes1Power input to Door Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo

Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2Unitrsquos Relay Rating for strike interface 30VDC 1A or 125VAC 5A

Operationbull bull Activating switch will unlock the electric strike

and the door will automatically open Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsed

bull For Fail Secure Strike - The door will remain locked during power failure

bull For Fail Safe Strike - The door will remain unlocked during power failure

Door is normally closed and latched

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

JMP503

NC

NO

Jumper SettingsPlace jumper to upper position for normally closed operation or to lower position for normally open operation

Fail Safe Electromagnetic Lock 24VDC Wiring

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Wall Switch CardReader Key SwitchetcNormally Open Momentary dry contacts

+-24VDC Electromagnetic Lock(Fail Safe)

Operationbull bull Activating switch will cut power to mag lock and the door will automatically

open Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsedbull The door will unlock during power failure

Door is normally closed and latched

Notes1Power input to Door Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo

Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2Unitrsquos Relay Rating 30VDC 1A or 125VAC 5A

Jumper SettingsPlace jumper to upper position for normally closed operation or to lower position for normally open operation

JMP503

NC

NO

120VAC

GroundC

OM

HO

T

L N(AC) -V +V ADJ+

Optional 11A 24V Power Supply

Page 11

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Page 12

Troubleshooting

Red LEDBlue LED

Antenna Wire

Learnwo DelayButton

DelayPotentiometer(Time Adjustment)

Learn wDelay Button

DIP Switch

TerminalStrip

Problem The LED on my receiver is just flickering and Irsquom unable to program andor it wonrsquot workSolution You have a push plate stuck or faulty transmitter Disconnect each push plate until the LED goes out If LED

does not go out remove each transmitter battery until it does Replace the appropriate transmitterProblem Receiver intermittently doesnrsquot receive the transmitter(s) signal

Solution You may extend the receiver antenna wire only in multiples of 6-34rdquo (171) ie 675 x 4 = 27rdquo (686) of extended antenna wire

Removing Transmitter Code(s)

Single Transmitter CodeŸ Press both Delay and No Delay Buttons simultaneously until Red LED flashes once (approximately 1 second)Ÿ Press transmitter button twice within 10 seconds and the transmitter code will be deleted

All Transmitter CodesŸ Press and hold both Delay and No Delay Buttons simultaneously until Blue LED illuminates then release (approximately 10

seconds)

Push Plate Configuration

1 Before beginning it is easiest to have already prepared the installation of the push plate2 Connect the wires from the transmitter to the NO and COM contacts of the push platersquos switch3 Follow Steps 1 - 4 (Hand-Held Configuration) depress the push plate to activate the transmitter4 Attach the transmitter to the inside of the electrical box and complete the installation

Hand-Held Configuration

1 Set dip switches to the receiver to the desired activation cycle (dip switch 1 - Toggle or Pulse and dip switch 2 - 05s or 10s hold

2 Press either Learn w Delay Button or Learn wo Delay Button on the receiver depending on the activation requirements (if delay learn is selected adjust potentiometer to counterclockwise limit 0 second delay) Red LED on receiver will flash After learn cycle is complete adjust potentiometer to desired delay time (0 - 30 sec)

3 Depress transmitter button repeatedly until Blue LED on the receiver illuminates (indicating reception of signal from transmitter) NOTE Repeat Steps 2 - 3 to program additional transmitters

4 To test the system depress transmitter button (Red LED on Transmitter will illuminate) and observe that the Blue LED illuminates on the receiver This indicates that the relay has been activated

433MHz Receiver Userrsquos Guide

2OFFON

Description05s Hold Time10s Hold Time

FunctionRelay will remain active 05 sec after loss of activationRelay will remain active 10 sec after loss of activation

1OFF

ON

DescriptionPulse Relay

Toggle Relay

FunctionPress the transmitter once and the relay will be active momentarilyPress the transmitter once and the relay output is active indefinitely press it again and the relay will de-energize indefinitely

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0sIn Toggle Setting (1-ON) the Hold Time is inactive Either setting for 2 dip switch will

have the same result

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s

05 second Pulse Setting

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s

10 second Pulse Setting

ŸAlways stop pedestrian traffic through the doorway when performing tests that may result in unexpected reactions by the door

ŸEnsure compliance with all applicable safety standards upon completion of installation

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

This PageLeft Blank

Page 13

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Hinge (Pull) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Right hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

o

per

atin

g a

ctiv

atio

n s

wit

ch(e

s)

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

80deg

15-1

2 (

394)

13-1

4 (

337)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull T

hick

ness

rec

omm

ende

d fo

r re

info

rcem

ents

in h

ollo

w

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

on

Pag

e 2

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull R

ight

han

d do

or s

how

nbull

Thi

s te

mpl

ate

info

rmat

ion

base

d up

on u

se o

f 5

(127

mm

) m

axim

um w

idth

but

t hin

ges

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e is

req

uire

d fo

r ot

her

cond

ition

sbull

Max

imum

fram

e re

veal

is 6

-78

rdquo (17

5mm

) fo

r th

is

appl

icat

ion

bull C

ondu

it ho

le n

eare

st th

e hi

nge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

F

ram

e Fa

ce

1-1

8rdquo(2

9)

1-1

4(3

2)1-

716

(37)

11(2

79)

22(5

59)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

1-1

8(2

9)

C LH

inge

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)7

8 (2

3) D

ia

(2 P

lace

s)

38

Dia

S

ex N

uts

(3 P

lace

s)

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

3(7

6)

13-1

316

(350

)

12

(13)

A

11-1

116

(297

)

6rdquo

(152

mm

)M

in

Cle

aran

ce

14-3

16

(360

)

12-1

516

(329

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Rig

ht

Han

d D

oo

ro

pen

ing

to

110

deg sh

ow

n

58

(15

9)S

top

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

6rdquo (

152m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

ax

Do

or T

hic

knes

s

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Hin

ge

(Pu

ll) S

ide

app

licat

ion

as

sho

wn

on

th

is

tem

pla

te

Page 14

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Stop (Push) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Left hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Dim

ldquoB

rdquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

70deg

12 (

305)

9-1

2 (2

41)

13-1

4 (

337)

15-3

4 (

400)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull Thi

ckne

ss r

ecom

men

ded

for

rein

forc

emen

ts in

ho

llow

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

at t

he

left

of th

is p

age

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull Le

ft ha

nd d

oor

show

nbull T

his

tem

plat

e in

form

atio

n ba

sed

upon

use

of 5

(1

27m

m)

max

imum

wid

th b

utt h

inge

s or

34

(1

9mm

) of

fset

piv

ots

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e w

ill

be s

uppl

ied

for

othe

r co

nditi

ons

bull M

axim

um fr

ame

reve

al is

7rdquo (

178m

m)

for

this

ap

plic

atio

nbull

Con

duit

hole

nea

rest

to h

inge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

1-11

16

(43)

1-1

4(3

2)11

16

(17

5)

1-3

4(4

4)

12-1

516

(329

)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

38

(10)

C LH

inge

or

Piv

ot

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)

78

(22)

(Con

duit

Hol

es -

2

Pla

ces)

Dia

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

A13-1

316

(351

)

12

(13)

B

5-1

4rdquoM

in

Cle

aran

ce

11-1

116

(297

)

38

(19)

14-3

16

(360

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Lef

t H

and

Do

or

op

en t

o 1

10deg

sho

wn

58

(15

9)S

top

Sex

Nu

ts(2

Pla

ces)

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

1-1

2rdquo (

38m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

5-1

4rdquo (

133m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

axD

oo

r Th

ickn

ess

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

op

erat

ing

act

ivat

ion

sw

itch

(es)

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Sto

p (

Pu

sh)

Sid

e ap

plic

atio

n a

s sh

ow

n o

n t

his

te

mp

late

Page 15

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

3000 Highway 74 East bull Monroe NC 28112Tel (800)-438-1951 x4706 bull Fax (800)-338-0965

wwwnor tondoorcontrolscom

ASSA ABLOY

This PageLeft Blank

Page 16

ASSA ABLOY

Page 11: ASSA ABLOY - E.D. Locks & Security | Commercial ... · backplate reed switch chain open / close positioning magnets “t1” power input terminal (3-position) accessory terminal (4-position)

Fail Secure Fail Safe Electric Strike Wiring

120VACSupplied byOthers- +

DC or ACOutput

AC

or

DC

Ele

ctric

Str

ike+

-

Wall Switch CardReader Key SwitchetcNormally Open Momentary dry contacts

Notes1Power input to Door Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo

Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2Unitrsquos Relay Rating for strike interface 30VDC 1A or 125VAC 5A

Operationbull bull Activating switch will unlock the electric strike

and the door will automatically open Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsed

bull For Fail Secure Strike - The door will remain locked during power failure

bull For Fail Safe Strike - The door will remain unlocked during power failure

Door is normally closed and latched

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

JMP503

NC

NO

Jumper SettingsPlace jumper to upper position for normally closed operation or to lower position for normally open operation

Fail Safe Electromagnetic Lock 24VDC Wiring

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

Wall Switch CardReader Key SwitchetcNormally Open Momentary dry contacts

+-24VDC Electromagnetic Lock(Fail Safe)

Operationbull bull Activating switch will cut power to mag lock and the door will automatically

open Door will close after hold open time delay has elapsedbull The door will unlock during power failure

Door is normally closed and latched

Notes1Power input to Door Operator Unit is at ldquoT1rdquo

Power Input Terminal (not shown) 120VAC 60Hz

2Unitrsquos Relay Rating 30VDC 1A or 125VAC 5A

Jumper SettingsPlace jumper to upper position for normally closed operation or to lower position for normally open operation

JMP503

NC

NO

120VAC

GroundC

OM

HO

T

L N(AC) -V +V ADJ+

Optional 11A 24V Power Supply

Page 11

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Page 12

Troubleshooting

Red LEDBlue LED

Antenna Wire

Learnwo DelayButton

DelayPotentiometer(Time Adjustment)

Learn wDelay Button

DIP Switch

TerminalStrip

Problem The LED on my receiver is just flickering and Irsquom unable to program andor it wonrsquot workSolution You have a push plate stuck or faulty transmitter Disconnect each push plate until the LED goes out If LED

does not go out remove each transmitter battery until it does Replace the appropriate transmitterProblem Receiver intermittently doesnrsquot receive the transmitter(s) signal

Solution You may extend the receiver antenna wire only in multiples of 6-34rdquo (171) ie 675 x 4 = 27rdquo (686) of extended antenna wire

Removing Transmitter Code(s)

Single Transmitter CodeŸ Press both Delay and No Delay Buttons simultaneously until Red LED flashes once (approximately 1 second)Ÿ Press transmitter button twice within 10 seconds and the transmitter code will be deleted

All Transmitter CodesŸ Press and hold both Delay and No Delay Buttons simultaneously until Blue LED illuminates then release (approximately 10

seconds)

Push Plate Configuration

1 Before beginning it is easiest to have already prepared the installation of the push plate2 Connect the wires from the transmitter to the NO and COM contacts of the push platersquos switch3 Follow Steps 1 - 4 (Hand-Held Configuration) depress the push plate to activate the transmitter4 Attach the transmitter to the inside of the electrical box and complete the installation

Hand-Held Configuration

1 Set dip switches to the receiver to the desired activation cycle (dip switch 1 - Toggle or Pulse and dip switch 2 - 05s or 10s hold

2 Press either Learn w Delay Button or Learn wo Delay Button on the receiver depending on the activation requirements (if delay learn is selected adjust potentiometer to counterclockwise limit 0 second delay) Red LED on receiver will flash After learn cycle is complete adjust potentiometer to desired delay time (0 - 30 sec)

3 Depress transmitter button repeatedly until Blue LED on the receiver illuminates (indicating reception of signal from transmitter) NOTE Repeat Steps 2 - 3 to program additional transmitters

4 To test the system depress transmitter button (Red LED on Transmitter will illuminate) and observe that the Blue LED illuminates on the receiver This indicates that the relay has been activated

433MHz Receiver Userrsquos Guide

2OFFON

Description05s Hold Time10s Hold Time

FunctionRelay will remain active 05 sec after loss of activationRelay will remain active 10 sec after loss of activation

1OFF

ON

DescriptionPulse Relay

Toggle Relay

FunctionPress the transmitter once and the relay will be active momentarilyPress the transmitter once and the relay output is active indefinitely press it again and the relay will de-energize indefinitely

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0sIn Toggle Setting (1-ON) the Hold Time is inactive Either setting for 2 dip switch will

have the same result

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s

05 second Pulse Setting

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s

10 second Pulse Setting

ŸAlways stop pedestrian traffic through the doorway when performing tests that may result in unexpected reactions by the door

ŸEnsure compliance with all applicable safety standards upon completion of installation

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

This PageLeft Blank

Page 13

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Hinge (Pull) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Right hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

o

per

atin

g a

ctiv

atio

n s

wit

ch(e

s)

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

80deg

15-1

2 (

394)

13-1

4 (

337)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull T

hick

ness

rec

omm

ende

d fo

r re

info

rcem

ents

in h

ollo

w

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

on

Pag

e 2

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull R

ight

han

d do

or s

how

nbull

Thi

s te

mpl

ate

info

rmat

ion

base

d up

on u

se o

f 5

(127

mm

) m

axim

um w

idth

but

t hin

ges

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e is

req

uire

d fo

r ot

her

cond

ition

sbull

Max

imum

fram

e re

veal

is 6

-78

rdquo (17

5mm

) fo

r th

is

appl

icat

ion

bull C

ondu

it ho

le n

eare

st th

e hi

nge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

F

ram

e Fa

ce

1-1

8rdquo(2

9)

1-1

4(3

2)1-

716

(37)

11(2

79)

22(5

59)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

1-1

8(2

9)

C LH

inge

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)7

8 (2

3) D

ia

(2 P

lace

s)

38

Dia

S

ex N

uts

(3 P

lace

s)

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

3(7

6)

13-1

316

(350

)

12

(13)

A

11-1

116

(297

)

6rdquo

(152

mm

)M

in

Cle

aran

ce

14-3

16

(360

)

12-1

516

(329

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Rig

ht

Han

d D

oo

ro

pen

ing

to

110

deg sh

ow

n

58

(15

9)S

top

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

6rdquo (

152m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

ax

Do

or T

hic

knes

s

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Hin

ge

(Pu

ll) S

ide

app

licat

ion

as

sho

wn

on

th

is

tem

pla

te

Page 14

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Stop (Push) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Left hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Dim

ldquoB

rdquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

70deg

12 (

305)

9-1

2 (2

41)

13-1

4 (

337)

15-3

4 (

400)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull Thi

ckne

ss r

ecom

men

ded

for

rein

forc

emen

ts in

ho

llow

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

at t

he

left

of th

is p

age

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull Le

ft ha

nd d

oor

show

nbull T

his

tem

plat

e in

form

atio

n ba

sed

upon

use

of 5

(1

27m

m)

max

imum

wid

th b

utt h

inge

s or

34

(1

9mm

) of

fset

piv

ots

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e w

ill

be s

uppl

ied

for

othe

r co

nditi

ons

bull M

axim

um fr

ame

reve

al is

7rdquo (

178m

m)

for

this

ap

plic

atio

nbull

Con

duit

hole

nea

rest

to h

inge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

1-11

16

(43)

1-1

4(3

2)11

16

(17

5)

1-3

4(4

4)

12-1

516

(329

)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

38

(10)

C LH

inge

or

Piv

ot

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)

78

(22)

(Con

duit

Hol

es -

2

Pla

ces)

Dia

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

A13-1

316

(351

)

12

(13)

B

5-1

4rdquoM

in

Cle

aran

ce

11-1

116

(297

)

38

(19)

14-3

16

(360

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Lef

t H

and

Do

or

op

en t

o 1

10deg

sho

wn

58

(15

9)S

top

Sex

Nu

ts(2

Pla

ces)

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

1-1

2rdquo (

38m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

5-1

4rdquo (

133m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

axD

oo

r Th

ickn

ess

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

op

erat

ing

act

ivat

ion

sw

itch

(es)

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Sto

p (

Pu

sh)

Sid

e ap

plic

atio

n a

s sh

ow

n o

n t

his

te

mp

late

Page 15

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

3000 Highway 74 East bull Monroe NC 28112Tel (800)-438-1951 x4706 bull Fax (800)-338-0965

wwwnor tondoorcontrolscom

ASSA ABLOY

This PageLeft Blank

Page 16

ASSA ABLOY

Page 12: ASSA ABLOY - E.D. Locks & Security | Commercial ... · backplate reed switch chain open / close positioning magnets “t1” power input terminal (3-position) accessory terminal (4-position)

Page 12

Troubleshooting

Red LEDBlue LED

Antenna Wire

Learnwo DelayButton

DelayPotentiometer(Time Adjustment)

Learn wDelay Button

DIP Switch

TerminalStrip

Problem The LED on my receiver is just flickering and Irsquom unable to program andor it wonrsquot workSolution You have a push plate stuck or faulty transmitter Disconnect each push plate until the LED goes out If LED

does not go out remove each transmitter battery until it does Replace the appropriate transmitterProblem Receiver intermittently doesnrsquot receive the transmitter(s) signal

Solution You may extend the receiver antenna wire only in multiples of 6-34rdquo (171) ie 675 x 4 = 27rdquo (686) of extended antenna wire

Removing Transmitter Code(s)

Single Transmitter CodeŸ Press both Delay and No Delay Buttons simultaneously until Red LED flashes once (approximately 1 second)Ÿ Press transmitter button twice within 10 seconds and the transmitter code will be deleted

All Transmitter CodesŸ Press and hold both Delay and No Delay Buttons simultaneously until Blue LED illuminates then release (approximately 10

seconds)

Push Plate Configuration

1 Before beginning it is easiest to have already prepared the installation of the push plate2 Connect the wires from the transmitter to the NO and COM contacts of the push platersquos switch3 Follow Steps 1 - 4 (Hand-Held Configuration) depress the push plate to activate the transmitter4 Attach the transmitter to the inside of the electrical box and complete the installation

Hand-Held Configuration

1 Set dip switches to the receiver to the desired activation cycle (dip switch 1 - Toggle or Pulse and dip switch 2 - 05s or 10s hold

2 Press either Learn w Delay Button or Learn wo Delay Button on the receiver depending on the activation requirements (if delay learn is selected adjust potentiometer to counterclockwise limit 0 second delay) Red LED on receiver will flash After learn cycle is complete adjust potentiometer to desired delay time (0 - 30 sec)

3 Depress transmitter button repeatedly until Blue LED on the receiver illuminates (indicating reception of signal from transmitter) NOTE Repeat Steps 2 - 3 to program additional transmitters

4 To test the system depress transmitter button (Red LED on Transmitter will illuminate) and observe that the Blue LED illuminates on the receiver This indicates that the relay has been activated

433MHz Receiver Userrsquos Guide

2OFFON

Description05s Hold Time10s Hold Time

FunctionRelay will remain active 05 sec after loss of activationRelay will remain active 10 sec after loss of activation

1OFF

ON

DescriptionPulse Relay

Toggle Relay

FunctionPress the transmitter once and the relay will be active momentarilyPress the transmitter once and the relay output is active indefinitely press it again and the relay will de-energize indefinitely

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0sIn Toggle Setting (1-ON) the Hold Time is inactive Either setting for 2 dip switch will

have the same result

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s

05 second Pulse Setting

ON

1 2PU

L T

OG

05s

1

0s

10 second Pulse Setting

ŸAlways stop pedestrian traffic through the doorway when performing tests that may result in unexpected reactions by the door

ŸEnsure compliance with all applicable safety standards upon completion of installation

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

This PageLeft Blank

Page 13

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Hinge (Pull) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Right hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

o

per

atin

g a

ctiv

atio

n s

wit

ch(e

s)

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

80deg

15-1

2 (

394)

13-1

4 (

337)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull T

hick

ness

rec

omm

ende

d fo

r re

info

rcem

ents

in h

ollo

w

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

on

Pag

e 2

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull R

ight

han

d do

or s

how

nbull

Thi

s te

mpl

ate

info

rmat

ion

base

d up

on u

se o

f 5

(127

mm

) m

axim

um w

idth

but

t hin

ges

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e is

req

uire

d fo

r ot

her

cond

ition

sbull

Max

imum

fram

e re

veal

is 6

-78

rdquo (17

5mm

) fo

r th

is

appl

icat

ion

bull C

ondu

it ho

le n

eare

st th

e hi

nge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

F

ram

e Fa

ce

1-1

8rdquo(2

9)

1-1

4(3

2)1-

716

(37)

11(2

79)

22(5

59)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

1-1

8(2

9)

C LH

inge

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)7

8 (2

3) D

ia

(2 P

lace

s)

38

Dia

S

ex N

uts

(3 P

lace

s)

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

3(7

6)

13-1

316

(350

)

12

(13)

A

11-1

116

(297

)

6rdquo

(152

mm

)M

in

Cle

aran

ce

14-3

16

(360

)

12-1

516

(329

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Rig

ht

Han

d D

oo

ro

pen

ing

to

110

deg sh

ow

n

58

(15

9)S

top

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

6rdquo (

152m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

ax

Do

or T

hic

knes

s

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Hin

ge

(Pu

ll) S

ide

app

licat

ion

as

sho

wn

on

th

is

tem

pla

te

Page 14

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Stop (Push) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Left hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Dim

ldquoB

rdquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

70deg

12 (

305)

9-1

2 (2

41)

13-1

4 (

337)

15-3

4 (

400)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull Thi

ckne

ss r

ecom

men

ded

for

rein

forc

emen

ts in

ho

llow

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

at t

he

left

of th

is p

age

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull Le

ft ha

nd d

oor

show

nbull T

his

tem

plat

e in

form

atio

n ba

sed

upon

use

of 5

(1

27m

m)

max

imum

wid

th b

utt h

inge

s or

34

(1

9mm

) of

fset

piv

ots

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e w

ill

be s

uppl

ied

for

othe

r co

nditi

ons

bull M

axim

um fr

ame

reve

al is

7rdquo (

178m

m)

for

this

ap

plic

atio

nbull

Con

duit

hole

nea

rest

to h

inge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

1-11

16

(43)

1-1

4(3

2)11

16

(17

5)

1-3

4(4

4)

12-1

516

(329

)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

38

(10)

C LH

inge

or

Piv

ot

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)

78

(22)

(Con

duit

Hol

es -

2

Pla

ces)

Dia

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

A13-1

316

(351

)

12

(13)

B

5-1

4rdquoM

in

Cle

aran

ce

11-1

116

(297

)

38

(19)

14-3

16

(360

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Lef

t H

and

Do

or

op

en t

o 1

10deg

sho

wn

58

(15

9)S

top

Sex

Nu

ts(2

Pla

ces)

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

1-1

2rdquo (

38m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

5-1

4rdquo (

133m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

axD

oo

r Th

ickn

ess

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

op

erat

ing

act

ivat

ion

sw

itch

(es)

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Sto

p (

Pu

sh)

Sid

e ap

plic

atio

n a

s sh

ow

n o

n t

his

te

mp

late

Page 15

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

3000 Highway 74 East bull Monroe NC 28112Tel (800)-438-1951 x4706 bull Fax (800)-338-0965

wwwnor tondoorcontrolscom

ASSA ABLOY

This PageLeft Blank

Page 16

ASSA ABLOY

Page 13: ASSA ABLOY - E.D. Locks & Security | Commercial ... · backplate reed switch chain open / close positioning magnets “t1” power input terminal (3-position) accessory terminal (4-position)

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

This PageLeft Blank

Page 13

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Hinge (Pull) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Right hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

o

per

atin

g a

ctiv

atio

n s

wit

ch(e

s)

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

80deg

15-1

2 (

394)

13-1

4 (

337)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull T

hick

ness

rec

omm

ende

d fo

r re

info

rcem

ents

in h

ollo

w

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

on

Pag

e 2

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull R

ight

han

d do

or s

how

nbull

Thi

s te

mpl

ate

info

rmat

ion

base

d up

on u

se o

f 5

(127

mm

) m

axim

um w

idth

but

t hin

ges

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e is

req

uire

d fo

r ot

her

cond

ition

sbull

Max

imum

fram

e re

veal

is 6

-78

rdquo (17

5mm

) fo

r th

is

appl

icat

ion

bull C

ondu

it ho

le n

eare

st th

e hi

nge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

F

ram

e Fa

ce

1-1

8rdquo(2

9)

1-1

4(3

2)1-

716

(37)

11(2

79)

22(5

59)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

1-1

8(2

9)

C LH

inge

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)7

8 (2

3) D

ia

(2 P

lace

s)

38

Dia

S

ex N

uts

(3 P

lace

s)

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

3(7

6)

13-1

316

(350

)

12

(13)

A

11-1

116

(297

)

6rdquo

(152

mm

)M

in

Cle

aran

ce

14-3

16

(360

)

12-1

516

(329

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Rig

ht

Han

d D

oo

ro

pen

ing

to

110

deg sh

ow

n

58

(15

9)S

top

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

6rdquo (

152m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

ax

Do

or T

hic

knes

s

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Hin

ge

(Pu

ll) S

ide

app

licat

ion

as

sho

wn

on

th

is

tem

pla

te

Page 14

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Stop (Push) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Left hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Dim

ldquoB

rdquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

70deg

12 (

305)

9-1

2 (2

41)

13-1

4 (

337)

15-3

4 (

400)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull Thi

ckne

ss r

ecom

men

ded

for

rein

forc

emen

ts in

ho

llow

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

at t

he

left

of th

is p

age

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull Le

ft ha

nd d

oor

show

nbull T

his

tem

plat

e in

form

atio

n ba

sed

upon

use

of 5

(1

27m

m)

max

imum

wid

th b

utt h

inge

s or

34

(1

9mm

) of

fset

piv

ots

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e w

ill

be s

uppl

ied

for

othe

r co

nditi

ons

bull M

axim

um fr

ame

reve

al is

7rdquo (

178m

m)

for

this

ap

plic

atio

nbull

Con

duit

hole

nea

rest

to h

inge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

1-11

16

(43)

1-1

4(3

2)11

16

(17

5)

1-3

4(4

4)

12-1

516

(329

)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

38

(10)

C LH

inge

or

Piv

ot

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)

78

(22)

(Con

duit

Hol

es -

2

Pla

ces)

Dia

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

A13-1

316

(351

)

12

(13)

B

5-1

4rdquoM

in

Cle

aran

ce

11-1

116

(297

)

38

(19)

14-3

16

(360

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Lef

t H

and

Do

or

op

en t

o 1

10deg

sho

wn

58

(15

9)S

top

Sex

Nu

ts(2

Pla

ces)

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

1-1

2rdquo (

38m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

5-1

4rdquo (

133m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

axD

oo

r Th

ickn

ess

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

op

erat

ing

act

ivat

ion

sw

itch

(es)

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Sto

p (

Pu

sh)

Sid

e ap

plic

atio

n a

s sh

ow

n o

n t

his

te

mp

late

Page 15

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

3000 Highway 74 East bull Monroe NC 28112Tel (800)-438-1951 x4706 bull Fax (800)-338-0965

wwwnor tondoorcontrolscom

ASSA ABLOY

This PageLeft Blank

Page 16

ASSA ABLOY

Page 14: ASSA ABLOY - E.D. Locks & Security | Commercial ... · backplate reed switch chain open / close positioning magnets “t1” power input terminal (3-position) accessory terminal (4-position)

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Hinge (Pull) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Right hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

o

per

atin

g a

ctiv

atio

n s

wit

ch(e

s)

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

80deg

15-1

2 (

394)

13-1

4 (

337)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull T

hick

ness

rec

omm

ende

d fo

r re

info

rcem

ents

in h

ollo

w

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

on

Pag

e 2

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull R

ight

han

d do

or s

how

nbull

Thi

s te

mpl

ate

info

rmat

ion

base

d up

on u

se o

f 5

(127

mm

) m

axim

um w

idth

but

t hin

ges

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e is

req

uire

d fo

r ot

her

cond

ition

sbull

Max

imum

fram

e re

veal

is 6

-78

rdquo (17

5mm

) fo

r th

is

appl

icat

ion

bull C

ondu

it ho

le n

eare

st th

e hi

nge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

F

ram

e Fa

ce

1-1

8rdquo(2

9)

1-1

4(3

2)1-

716

(37)

11(2

79)

22(5

59)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

1-1

8(2

9)

C LH

inge

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)7

8 (2

3) D

ia

(2 P

lace

s)

38

Dia

S

ex N

uts

(3 P

lace

s)

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

3(7

6)

13-1

316

(350

)

12

(13)

A

11-1

116

(297

)

6rdquo

(152

mm

)M

in

Cle

aran

ce

14-3

16

(360

)

12-1

516

(329

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Rig

ht

Han

d D

oo

ro

pen

ing

to

110

deg sh

ow

n

58

(15

9)S

top

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

2rdquo (

51m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

6rdquo (

152m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

ax

Do

or T

hic

knes

s

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Hin

ge

(Pu

ll) S

ide

app

licat

ion

as

sho

wn

on

th

is

tem

pla

te

Page 14

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Stop (Push) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Left hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Dim

ldquoB

rdquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

70deg

12 (

305)

9-1

2 (2

41)

13-1

4 (

337)

15-3

4 (

400)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull Thi

ckne

ss r

ecom

men

ded

for

rein

forc

emen

ts in

ho

llow

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

at t

he

left

of th

is p

age

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull Le

ft ha

nd d

oor

show

nbull T

his

tem

plat

e in

form

atio

n ba

sed

upon

use

of 5

(1

27m

m)

max

imum

wid

th b

utt h

inge

s or

34

(1

9mm

) of

fset

piv

ots

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e w

ill

be s

uppl

ied

for

othe

r co

nditi

ons

bull M

axim

um fr

ame

reve

al is

7rdquo (

178m

m)

for

this

ap

plic

atio

nbull

Con

duit

hole

nea

rest

to h

inge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

1-11

16

(43)

1-1

4(3

2)11

16

(17

5)

1-3

4(4

4)

12-1

516

(329

)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

38

(10)

C LH

inge

or

Piv

ot

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)

78

(22)

(Con

duit

Hol

es -

2

Pla

ces)

Dia

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

A13-1

316

(351

)

12

(13)

B

5-1

4rdquoM

in

Cle

aran

ce

11-1

116

(297

)

38

(19)

14-3

16

(360

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Lef

t H

and

Do

or

op

en t

o 1

10deg

sho

wn

58

(15

9)S

top

Sex

Nu

ts(2

Pla

ces)

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

1-1

2rdquo (

38m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

5-1

4rdquo (

133m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

axD

oo

r Th

ickn

ess

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

op

erat

ing

act

ivat

ion

sw

itch

(es)

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Sto

p (

Pu

sh)

Sid

e ap

plic

atio

n a

s sh

ow

n o

n t

his

te

mp

late

Page 15

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

3000 Highway 74 East bull Monroe NC 28112Tel (800)-438-1951 x4706 bull Fax (800)-338-0965

wwwnor tondoorcontrolscom

ASSA ABLOY

This PageLeft Blank

Page 16

ASSA ABLOY

Page 15: ASSA ABLOY - E.D. Locks & Security | Commercial ... · backplate reed switch chain open / close positioning magnets “t1” power input terminal (3-position) accessory terminal (4-position)

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

Removable Template - Stop (Push) SideŸ Do not scale drawingŸ Left hand door shownŸ All dimensions given in inches (mm)Ÿ Maximum frame reveal is 18rdquo (3 mm)

for this application

Do

or

Op

enin

gA

ng

leD

im ldquo

Ardquo

Dim

ldquoB

rdquo

Up

to 1

10deg

111deg

to 1

70deg

12 (

305)

9-1

2 (2

41)

13-1

4 (

337)

15-3

4 (

400)

No

tes

bull A

ll di

men

sion

s ar

e gi

ven

in in

ches

(m

m)

bull Thi

ckne

ss r

ecom

men

ded

for

rein

forc

emen

ts in

ho

llow

met

al d

oors

and

fram

es is

cha

rted

at t

he

left

of th

is p

age

bull D

o no

t sca

le d

raw

ing

bull Le

ft ha

nd d

oor

show

nbull T

his

tem

plat

e in

form

atio

n ba

sed

upon

use

of 5

(1

27m

m)

max

imum

wid

th b

utt h

inge

s or

34

(1

9mm

) of

fset

piv

ots

A s

epar

ate

tem

plat

e w

ill

be s

uppl

ied

for

othe

r co

nditi

ons

bull M

axim

um fr

ame

reve

al is

7rdquo (

178m

m)

for

this

ap

plic

atio

nbull

Con

duit

hole

nea

rest

to h

inge

is s

ugge

sted

for

120

VA

C p

ower

inpu

t

1-11

16

(43)

1-1

4(3

2)11

16

(17

5)

1-3

4(4

4)

12-1

516

(329

)

7-9

16(1

92)

13-7

16

(341

)

38

(10)

C LH

inge

or

Piv

ot

14-

20 M

ach

ine

Scr

ews

or

No

14

Wo

od

Scr

ews

(6 P

lace

s)

78

(22)

(Con

duit

Hol

es -

2

Pla

ces)

Dia

Fra

me

Rab

bet

Fra

me

Sto

pS

off

it

A13-1

316

(351

)

12

(13)

B

5-1

4rdquoM

in

Cle

aran

ce

11-1

116

(297

)

38

(19)

14-3

16

(360

)13

-13

16(3

51)

Lef

t H

and

Do

or

op

en t

o 1

10deg

sho

wn

58

(15

9)S

top

Sex

Nu

ts(2

Pla

ces)

Left

Han

dD

oor

Rig

htH

and

Doo

r

1-1

2rdquo (

38m

m)

Min

Fra

me

Face

Fra

me

Rev

eal

Door

5-1

4rdquo (

133m

m)

Min

Cei

ling

Cle

aran

ce

1-3

4rdquo (

44m

m)

Min

2-

14rdquo

(57

mm

) M

axD

oo

r Th

ickn

ess

No

te D

oo

r m

ust

be

visi

ble

by

per

son

op

erat

ing

act

ivat

ion

sw

itch

(es)

Ple

ase

veri

fy d

esir

ed m

ou

nti

ng

re

qu

ires

Sto

p (

Pu

sh)

Sid

e ap

plic

atio

n a

s sh

ow

n o

n t

his

te

mp

late

Page 15

ASSA ABLOY

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

3000 Highway 74 East bull Monroe NC 28112Tel (800)-438-1951 x4706 bull Fax (800)-338-0965

wwwnor tondoorcontrolscom

ASSA ABLOY

This PageLeft Blank

Page 16

ASSA ABLOY

Page 16: ASSA ABLOY - E.D. Locks & Security | Commercial ... · backplate reed switch chain open / close positioning magnets “t1” power input terminal (3-position) accessory terminal (4-position)

Nortonreg is a registered trademark of Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company Copyright copy 2015 Yale Security Inc an ASSA ABLOY Group company All rights reserved Reproduction in whole or in part without the express written permission of Yale Security Inc is prohibited 80-9357-0008-020 (Rev 3)

3000 Highway 74 East bull Monroe NC 28112Tel (800)-438-1951 x4706 bull Fax (800)-338-0965

wwwnor tondoorcontrolscom

ASSA ABLOY

This PageLeft Blank

Page 16

ASSA ABLOY